| Part No |
Description |
| 949029L12 |
Ametek Gemco Cable Assembly for a 953D LDT with a 6 Pin Straight 12mm Euro Connector . Shielded Cable by 12 Feet Long |
| NEMA 12 Enclosure |
Ametek Gemco NEMA 12 Enclosure for AHM Panels |
| 004560058 |
Ametek Gemco Screw on a 1025D Foot & Palm Switch Item 5 1/8 |
| 01-533114LXX |
Ametek Gemco Cable. Resolver Cable 22 AWG., 3 Twisted Pair with Shield. Priced per Foot |
| 014570001 |
Ametek Gemco Bearing 3/4 (Inch Bore with Flanges |
| 01533002L100 |
Ametek Gemco Cable. 100 Foot Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot / $ 2.00 Add length required at the end of the part number for other lengths (15LB) |
| 01533002L2000 |
Ametek Gemco Cable. 2000 Foot Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot / $ 2.00 Add length required at the end of the part number for other lengths (15LB) |
| 01533002L300 |
Ametek Gemco Cable. 300 Foot Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot / $ 2.00 Add length required at the end of the part number for other lengths |
| 01533002LXX |
Ametek Gemco Cable. Bulk Resolver Cable for single Turn Resolvers, 22 AWG., 4 twisted Pairs with shield Price per foot. Add length required at the end of the part number XXX (<5LB) |
| 01591317 |
Ametek Gemco Fluid. Shell Transformer Oil. Standard Fluid for ET Brake Thrusters. Diala AX Transformer Fluid. Sold per LB. About 6 pounds per thruster |
| 01591318 |
Ametek Gemco Fluid. Silicone Fluid. Optional Fluid for ET Brake Thrusters. Wacker SWS-101-50. Sold per LB. About 6 pounds per thruster |
| 01591448 |
Ametek Gemco Cord. Teflon Cord, 1/8th Inch Diameter by 90 Foot |
| 04-570252 |
Ametek Gemco Rod End. Plastic Rod Ends |
| 04-570256 |
Ametek Gemco Rod End. Female 1/4 -28 UNC Thread Front Rod End. Attaches to the rod / pistion. For use with 955D & DQ, 955LC, 956A, S, LC & DQ LDT'S |
| 04234100 |
Ametek Gemco Relay, Double Pole, Double Throw, 240 Volt, 60 Hz, 25 Amp (1LB) |
| 04234700 |
Ametek Gemco Relay, Double Pole, Single Throw, 240 Volt |
| 04513135 |
Ametek Gemco EPROM. IC EPROM for a 1995-L Micro-Set Programmable Limit Switch. Programmed with ''- X '' Standard Software 128K (<1LB) |
| 04514195 |
Ametek Gemco Rectifier a component on rectifier E010326 |
| 04515173 |
Ametek Gemco Varistor on rectifier E010326 |
| 04517039 |
Ametek Gemco Intrinsically Safe Barrier. Consult Factory |
| 04517214 |
Ametek Gemco Panel Mount Bracket for Barrier. Consult Factory |
| 04519072 |
Ametek Gemco Transformer on rectifier panel E0103026. 500 VA, 1 PH, 50 / 60 Hz, 380 to 600 Volt Primary, 115 / 230 Volt Secondary |
| 04519135 |
Ametek Gemco Transformer used on a rectifier panel, 100 VA, 230 Volt PR1, 56VCT Sec., Triad FD8-56 |
| 04521186 |
Ametek Gemco Terminal Strip. 16 Place Terminal Strip used on programmer and output expansion module. 1995 Micro-Set PLS (<1LB) |
| 04521187 |
Ametek Gemco Terminal Strip. 24 Place Terminal Strip used on programmer and output expansion module. 1995 Micro-Set PLS (<1LB) |
| 04521210 |
Ametek Gemco Cable Assembly for the 950IS only. 6 Foot 2 Pin Euro Mini Straight Connector |
| 04523020 |
Ametek Gemco Relay. 1996 Ram-Set & Brake Monitor Relay on a 1992 Press-Set Controller (<1LB) |
| 04523022 |
Ametek Gemco Relay. Mechanical Output Relay SPDT 10 AMP, 24 VDC 1992 & 1995 PLS |
| 04523085 |
Ametek Gemco Timer on Delay used on a rectifier panel, 10 Sec Plug in, 8 Pin, 240 VAC 12/6 |
| 04523126 |
Ametek Gemco Relay. AC Solid State Relay, 3 AMP., 24 - 280 VAC |
| 04523127 |
Ametek Gemco Relay. DC Solid State Relay |
| 04535001 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Replacement resolver with wire leads but without connector (2LBS) Size 11 Single S Kearfott CR41093052-14 or Deltran # 11BRCX-300-L10/6 |
| 04535094 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Size 11 resolver, single shaft (internal resolver only, no housing)
11-BHW-40-F/F473 |
| 04537001 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Snap Switch. S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw (<1LB) 1/8 |
| 04537002 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Snap Switch. S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw 1/8 |
| 04537003 |
Ametek Gemco Micro Switch DPDT. Includes Roller & Arm (<1LB) 1/8 |
| 04537004 |
Ametek Gemco Switch used on the 2000 Series Limit Switch Assemblies, S.P.D.T., Includes Actuator Arm with Roller and Hardware. Can be wired for normally open or closed circuit. Plunger Side Normally Open Terminals, Opposite Plunger Side Normally Closed Terminals 16-204 (<1LB) 1/8 |
| 04537018 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Switch with 1/2 Roller. Sq D # 9007-AB1-S1. 2000 Series GRLS 1/8 |
| 04537080 |
Ametek Gemco Key for a 1992 Press-Set Controller & a 1989 PLS (<1LB) |
| 04560001 |
Ametek Gemco Screw. Pan Head Machine Screw 6-32 x 1'' STL SLTD zinc & wax taptite (<1LB)
|
| 04562148 |
Ametek Gemco Jam Nut (<1LB) |
| 04564002 |
Ametek Gemco Woodruff Key |
| 04564012 |
Ametek Gemco Fastener. Retaining / Snap Ring. Truarc 5100-37 SZDB. Shaft to Worm Gear Fastener 200- Series |
| 04570001 |
Ametek Gemco Bearing. Sealed Ball Bearing with Mounting Flanges for a 1980 Series Limit Switch. NEMA 1, 4 or 12 Enclosures. 3/4 Inch I.D. (1LB) |
| 04570252 |
Ametek Gemco Rod Ends for the 956 LDT or Control Arm 955ARM Female Thread 1/4 -28 |
| 04573067 |
Ametek Gemco Motor 48 VDC Tach Generator |
| 04578121 |
Ametek Gemco Repair Kit. Repair Kit for the Master Cylinder Section of a New Style J54085 or a J054086 Power Cluster |
| 04578122 |
Ametek Gemco Repair Kit. Repair Kit for the Diaphragm on a New Style J054085 Power Cluster |
| 04578123 |
Ametek Gemco Repair Kit. Repair Kit for the Diaphragm on a New Style J054086 Power Cluster |
| 04580066 |
Ametek Gemco Coupling. .25 X .120 Bore . Used to connect the cam shaft and a resolver (1LB) |
| 04581003 |
Ametek Gemco Spring. Return Spring on a Foot Switch (<1LB) 7/7 |
| 04582015 |
Ametek Gemco Belt. O-Ring Belt, Cam box main shaft to tach generator drive belt (<1LB) |
| 10'' H 1 |
Ametek Gemco 10 Inch Hydraulic Type H Brake System. Provides infinitely variable progressive brake application for smooth controlled braking. 0 to 425 LBS. / FT dynamic stopping torque. Includes Qty.1, 10 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Pushbutton Switch with Enclosure for operating the bleeder check valve, Control Cylinder with Foot Pedal, 100 Feet of Hydraulic Tubing, Tube Fittings, Unions, Clamps, Bushings, Brackets, Gaskets, 4 Armored Flexible Hoses & Wagner 21B DOT 3 Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid SAE1703. 10 Inch Brake Weight 93 LBS. Overall Width 19 - 7/16 Inch , Height 19 - 7/16 Inch. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually operated. A 10 X 4 Inch Brake Wheel is not included. 7905 Actuator 222 LBS Gross |
| 10'' HM 1 |
Ametek Gemco 10 X 4.25 Inch Hydraulic Brake System Type HM for Progressive / Controlled Stopping Torque and Parking. Torque range of 0 through 425 FT LBS. via Foot Pedal Pressure along with Spring Set Parking & Holding. Parking Torque 450 FT LBS. Includes one 10 Inch Diameter Hydraulic Brake Assembly, HM Control Unit, Parking Brake Control station with Signal Light, Foot Pedal & Control Cylinder, Fluid Reservoir / Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton, 150 FT Copper Hydraulic Tubing, Wagner 21B Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid, Fittings, Gaskets and Armored Flexible Hoses. Specify whether 230 VDC or 115 VAC for the bleeder operation. A manually operated bleeder is also available. Less Brake Wheel. 220 LBS Net. |
| 10''-H-1 |
Ametek Gemco 10 Inch Hydraulic Type H Brake System. Provides infinitely variable progressive brake application for smooth controlled braking. 0 to 425 LBS. / FT dynamic stopping torque. Includes Qty.1, 10 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly J002926 with Actuating Cylinder J007905 , Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Pushbutton Switch with Enclosure J010008 for operating the bleeder check valve, Control Cylinder J017616 with Foot Pedal J008219, 100 Feet of Hydraulic Tubing A055980, Tube Fittings J00086 , Unions J049087, Clamps J005138, Bushings J005137, Brackets F005780, Gaskets F17, 4 Armored Flexible Hoses J010160 & Wagner 21B DOT 3 Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid SAE1703. 10 Inch Brake Weight 93 LBS. Overall Width 19 - 7/16 Inch , Height 19 - 7/16 Inch. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually operated. A 10 X 4 Inch Brake Wheel is not included in this price (222LBS) |
| 10''-H-2 |
Ametek Gemco Hydraulic Brake System, Complete Type H Brake System. Infinitely Progressive Braking Torque, 0 to 400 Foot LBS via Foot Pedal Pressure based on a Maximum Pedal Pressure of 70 LBS. Includes Qty. 2, 10 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assemblies J002926, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton Station J10008, Control Cylinder J017616 with Pedal J008219, J73901 Installation Kit which includes, 250 Feet of Copper Tubing, Tube clamps, Tube Bushings, Tube Fittings, Tube Unions, Tube Tee, Qty.6, Armored Hose Kits J010797 & 1 Gallon of Wagner 21B Brake Fluid F9314. Brake Wheels are not included. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually via a 1/4 Turn Ball Valve (189LBS) |
| 1025-1407 |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Engineered product with a Reed Switch. Like a 1025-B-1SP-P
B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch
1SP = Reed Switch supplied
P = Plain Cover, covers only the enclosure 1/6
|
| 1025-1421 |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Type C Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Side Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 2 Single Pole Double Throw Switches. ( Each 1 N.O. - 1 N.C.) with special I.D originally done for United Airlines (7LBS) 1/06 |
| 1025-1423 |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch use new part number 1025-B-1SP-P-X |
| 1025-A-1DP-S |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'' Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1DP = One contact Block, 1 D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switch, (2N.O. - 2 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return
. Includes Protective Shield to prevent accidental treadle operation. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 1025-A-1DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'', Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1SP = One contact Block, 1 D.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switch, (2N.O. - 2 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance (2LBS) |
| 1025-A-1SP-S |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'' Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1SP = One contact Block, 1 S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switch, (1N.O. - 1 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return. Includes Protective Shield to prevent accidental treadle operation. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance (4LBS) |
| 1025-A-1SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Obsolete 4/1/06 see Type ''B'',Type ''A'' Standard Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch, NEMA 1 Die Cast Enclosure, 1SP = One contact Block, 1 S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switch, (1N.O. - 1 N.C.) 2 Position with Spring Return. 3/4 Inch Conduit Entrance. |
| 1025-B-1A4-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Switch. Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Foot Switch.
1A4 = 4 Way 5 Port, 1 Air Valve
S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Switch Protection
X = No Switch Latch |
| 1025-B-1DP-P-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot & Palm Switches. Series 1025 Type B Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 1 Contact Block 1 D.P.D.T. Switch that can be wired for a normally open or closed circuit. Only the enclosure is covered. The foot pedal is not covered (5LBS) |
| 1025-B-1DP-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch
B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch
1DP = One D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switch which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits
S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Protection
|
| 1025-B-1SP-G-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated foot switch. NEMA 4, Two contact blocks, 1 SPDT ( 1 NO - 1NC ) with Treadle Guard to provide top protection from accidental operation |
| 1025-B-1SP-P-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot & Palm Switches. Series 1025 Type B Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 1 Contact Block 1 S.P.D.T. Switch that can be wired for a normally open or closed circuit. Only the enclosure is covered. The foot pedal is not covered (5LBS) |
| 1025-B-1SP-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch. NEMA 4, One contact block, 1 SPDT ( One 1 NO - 1NC ), S Cover Option = Treadle Shield provides Top & Side Protection C-H 10251-H35C with Switch Type B (8LBS) |
| 1025-B-1SP-U-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle Operated Foot Switch. NEMA 4, One contact block, 1 SPDT ( One 1 NO - 1NC ), U Cover Option = Treadle Shield provides Top, Side and a Safety Gate which must be raised by the toe to gain access to the treadle (11LBS) |
| 1025-B-2DP-P-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch
B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch
2DP = Two D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switches which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits
X = No other options |
| 1025-B-2DP-S-L |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch.
B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch
2DP = Two D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switches which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits
S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Protection
L = Protective Shield |
| 1025-B-2DP-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch
B = Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch
2DP = Two D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw Switches which can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits
S = Treadle Shield for Top & Side Protection
|
| 1025-B-2SP-G-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated foot switch. NEMA 4, Two contact blocks, 2 SPDT ( Each 1 NO - 1NC ) with Treadle Guard to provide top protection from accidental operation |
| 1025-B-2SP-P-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot & Palm Switches. Series 1025 Type B Heavy Duty NEMA 4 Treadle Operated Foot Switch. 2 Contact Blocks, 2 S.P.D.T. Switches that can be wired for a normally open or closed circuits. Only the enclosure is covered. The foot pedal is not covered (5LBS) |
| 1025-B-2SP-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switches, Type ''B'' Heavy Duty Treadle operated foot switch. NEMA 4, Two contact blocks, 2 SPDT ( Each 1 NO - 1NC ) with Treadle Shield providing Top & Side Guard protection from accidental operation |
| 1025-C-2DP-S |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch, Type C Heavy Duty Side Treadle, NEMA 4 Water and Oiltight Enclosure has a Die Cast Aluminum Case, Cover & Treadle. Two Contact Blocks, 2 D.P.D.T. Switches (Each 2 NO - 2 NC) with Protective Shields. Six nameplates are provided, ''START'' ''STOP'' ''FORWARD'' ''REVERSE'' two are blank for special markings. Case has Qty. 2, 3/4'' pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug. (12LBS) |
| 1025-C-2DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch, Type C Heavy Duty Side Treadle, NEMA 4 Water and Oiltight Enclosure has a Die Cast Aluminum Case & Treadle. Two Contact Blocks, 2 D.P.D.T. Switches (Each 2 NO - 2 NC) Six nameplates are provided, ''START'' ''STOP'' ''FORWARD'' ''REVERSE'' two are blank for special markings. Case has Qty. 2, 3/4'' pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug. (11LBS) |
| 1025-C-2SP-S |
Ametek Gemco Foot Operated Switch, Type C Heavy Duty Side Treadle, NEMA 4 Water and Oiltight Enclosure has a Die Cast Aluminum Case, Cover & Treadle. Two Contact Blocks, 2 S.P.D.T. Switches (Each 1 NO - 1 NC) with Protective Shields. Six nameplates are provided, ''START'' ''STOP'' ''FORWARD'' ''REVERSE'' two are blank for special markings. Case has Qty. 2, 3/4'' pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (11LBS) |
| 1025-C-2SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Foot Operated Switches, Type ''C'' Heavy Duty Side Treadle Operated Foot Switch. NEMA 4 Enclosure, Two Contact Blocks, Two Snap action Single Pole Double Throw Switches that can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits. Six Name Plates are provided. START STOP FORWARD REVERSE & Two are blank for your custom marking (7LBS) |
| 1025-D-1SP |
Ametek Gemco Foot and Palm Operated Switch. Type D with a Large Orange Mushroom Button 5 Inches in Diameter which is well suited for critical applications where a large easy to see operator is required. NEMA Type 1 Enclosure has a die cast aluminum case and operating button. One S.P.D.T. Switch (1 NO - 1 NC) Case has a Qty. of 2, 3/4 inch pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (4LBS) |
| 1025-D-2DP |
Ametek Gemco Foot and Palm Operated Switch. Type D with a Large Orange Mushroom Button 5 Inches in Diameter which is well suited for critical applications where a large easy to see operator is required. NEMA Type 1 Enclosure has a die cast aluminum case and operating button. Two D.P.D.T. Switch (2 NO - 2 NC) Case has a Qty. of 2, 3/4 inch pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (4LBS) |
| 1025-D-2SP |
Ametek Gemco Foot and Palm Operated Switch. Type D with a Large Orange Mushroom Button 5 Inches in Diameter which is well suited for critical applications where a large easy to see operator is required. NEMA Type 1 Enclosure has a die cast aluminum case and operating button. One D.P.D.T. Switch (2 NO - 2 NC) Case has a Qty. of 2, 3/4 inch pipe tapped conduit entrances one of which is fitted with a pipe plug (4LBS) |
| 10316H-169-1 |
Ametek Gemco 2006-402-L-1080-A |
| 10316H89A |
Ametek Gemco 1950-1-B-A-DO C-H Part # shown above |
| 104A020XXXX |
Ametek Gemco Thermistors. 9967 LUG Thermistor. MOTOGARD Controllers are designed for use with Positive Temperature Coefficient Thermistors. Thermistor is encapsulated in a special epoxy for rugged mechanical duty, severe environments and good thermal conductivity# 22 - 26 Teflon Insulated Leads. Specify desired length of the leads (<1LB) |
| 104A022XXXX |
Ametek Gemco Thermistors. 9967 SPRING LOADED PROBE Thermistor. MOTOGARD Controllers are designed for use with Positive Temperature Coefficient Thermistors. Thermistor is encapsulated in a special epoxy for rugged mechanical duty, severe environments and good thermal conductivity# 22 - 26 Teflon Insulated Leads. 7/16 Inch Diameter. 1/4 Inch NPT. Specify desired probe length, 2 to 6 Inches is standard. Specify lead length (<1LB) |
| 107085 |
Ametek Gemco Repair Kit, for a Moisture Ejection Valve. ISG SAP 1170357 |
| 107163002 |
Ametek Gemco Pressure Cluster Assembly, 1 X 8, with special piston for long static lines, like 54086 |
| 1090-A1 |
Ametek Gemco Obsolete 12 Bit unit. Replaced by 1090B1 a 14 Bit unit |
| 1090B1 |
Ametek Gemco Multibus High Speed Programmable Limit Switch. 14 Bit Resolution. Replaced 1090A1 |
| 115101-2 |
Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 115 Over Temperature Protection System. 6 Inputs, 2 Triac Outputs 1-N.O. 1 N.C. Input Rating: 120 VAC + or - 10% Single Phase 50/60 Hz. Output Rating: 120 /240 Volts 5 amp continuous. Reset is automatic. Enclosure 5.5'' Wide X 4.25'' Long X 3.12'' High Potted in a NEMA 4 Steel Case (2LBS) |
| 120101 |
Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 120 Over Temperature Protection System |
| 135101 |
Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 135 Over Temperature Protection System |
| 14'' H 2 |
Ametek Gemco 14 Inch Hydraulic Brake System, Qty. 2, Brake Assemblies each capable of 0 to 600 LBS / FT Torque, Control Cylinder, Pedal, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, 250 Foot of Tubing, 6 Armored Hoses, 3 Gallons of 21B Wagner Brake Fluid and Fittings, 6 Brackets, 6 Jam Nuts, 36 Tube Nuts, 6 Lock Washers, 15 Copper Gaskets, 85 Bushings, 85 Clamps, 7 Unions for a complete system, less brake wheels. |
| 14'' HM 1 |
Ametek Gemco 14 X 6.50 Inch Hydraulic Brake System Type HM for Progressive / Controlled Stopping Torque and Parking. Torque range of 0 through 600 FT LBS. via Foot Pedal Pressure along with Spring Set Parking & Holding. Parking Torque 550 FT LBS. Includes one 14 Inch Diameter Hydraulic Brake Assembly, HM Control Unit, Parking Brake Control Station with Signal Light, Foot Pedal & Control Cylinder, Fluid Reservoir / Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton, 150 FT Copper Hydraulic Tubing, Wagner 21B Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid, Fittings, Gaskets and Armored Flexible Hoses. Specify whether 230 VDC or 115 VAC for the bleeder operation. A manually operated bleeder is also available. Less Brake Wheel. 289 LBS Net. |
| 14''-H-1 |
Ametek Gemco 14 Inch Hydraulic Type H Brake System. Provides infinitely variable progressive brake application for smooth controlled braking. 0 to 600 LBS. / FT dynamic stopping torque. Includes Qty.1, 14 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly, DC Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Control Cylinder with Foot Pedal, 100 Feet of Hydraulic Tubing, Tube Fittings, Unions, Clamps, Bushings, Brackets, Gaskets, 4 Armored Flexible Hoses & Wagner 21B DOT 3 Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid SAE1703. 14 Inch Brake Weight 161 LBS. Overall Width 25 - 7/8 Inch, Height 28 - 1/2 Inch. A 7905 Brake Actuator is provided / used on a single brake system (320LBS) |
| 1500-H-L3-S9-N1-X |
Ametek BW Controls Induction Control Relay model 1500-H-L3-S9-N1-X, 440 VAC Line Voltage, 480VAC Secondary Voltage, Nema 1 Enclosure without any other options. |
| 1500-HL1-S30-C-X |
Ametek BW Controls Relay. Series 1500 Induction Control Relay. 110 volts Primary, 40 Volts Secondary |
| 1500F-L1-S7OCX |
Ametek BW Controls Induction Control Relay |
| 150101 |
Ametek Gemco MOTOGARD 9966. Series 150 Over Temperature Protection Systems provide immediate overheating protection for motors equipment enclosures, semiconductor heatsinks, sleeve bearings and other related machinery. For use with PTC Thermistors embedded in or in contact with the monitored surface. 1 Input, Form C Relay Output. 2 Triac Outputs 1-N.O. 1 N.C. Input Rating: 120 VAC + or - 10% Single Phase 50/60 Hz. Output Rating: 120 VAC for size 5 contactor coil. Reset is automatic. Enclosure 3.25'' Wide X 2.25'' Long X 2.50'' High. Potted in a polyester case. Conforms with NEC Requirements for integral motor thermal protection (1LB) |
| 16-204 |
Ametek Gemco Switch see AME-04537004 |
| 1746L-1 |
Ametek Gemco LDT Interface Card. Single Axis, One LDT Input. Specify LDT output if other than: CP, VPI or RS (2LBS) |
| 1746L-2 |
Ametek Gemco LDT Interface Card. Two Axis, Two LDT Inputs. Specify LDT output if other than: CP, VPI or RS (2LBS) |
| 1746R-1 |
Ametek Gemco Interface Card. Series 1746R Resolver Interface Card incorporates Allen-Bradley licensed technology for complete compatibility with A-B Series 1746 I/O Chassis. The unit monitors machine position from a resolver and delivers continues absolute position data at 12 bit (4,096 count) resolution and RPM data to the SLC processor. |
| 1746R-2 |
Ametek Gemco Interface Card. Series 1746R Resolver Interface Card incorporates Allen-Bradley licensed technology for complete compatibility with A-B Series 1746 I/O Chassis. The unit monitors machine position from a resolver and delivers continues absolute position data at 12 bit (4,096 count) resolution and RPM data to the SLC processor. Two axis resolver interface. Two resolver inputs or field configurable for one multi-turn dual resolver. |
| 17618 |
Ametek Gemco Washer on Spring Case Gasket Kit |
| 1771-PLS-B1 |
Ametek Gemco Ultra-High Speed Programmable Limit Switch (PLS) with 16 direct outputs from the front panel that update every 5 microseconds. A resolver based unit that incorporated Allen-Bradley technology and is completely compatible with the A-B Series 1771 I/O chassis. Internally powered by the PLC backplane. Resolver input with 14 bit (16,384 count) resolution and field programmable scale factor. Reset to Preset Inputs & Speed Compensation. This product incorporates patented technology which is licensed by Allen -Bradley Company Inc. Allen-Bradley is a registered trademark of Rockwell Corporation (3LBS) |
| 1771-PLS-C1 |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch. Allen Bradley Series 1771 Compatible High Speed Programmable Limit Switch. Standard 14 Bit Resolution (4LBS) |
| 18'' H-2 |
Ametek Gemco Hydraulic Brake System, Complete Type H Brake System. Infinitely Progressive Braking Torque, 0 to 1800 Foot LBS via Foot Pedal Pressure based on a Maximum Pedal Pressure of 70 LBS. Includes Qty. 2, 18 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assemblies J002932, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton Station J10008, Control Cylinder J017616 with Pedal J008219, Installation Kits J07300 &J073903 which includes, 250 Feet of Copper Tubing, 85 Tube Clamps, 85 Tube Bushings, 36 Tube Fittings, 7 Tube Unions, 1 Tube Tee, Qty.6, Armored Hose Kits J010797 & 4 Gallons of Wagner 21B Brake Fluid F9314. Brake Wheels are not included. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually via a 1/4 Turn Ball Valve (670LBS) |
| 18'' HM 1 |
Ametek Gemco 18 X 8.50 Inch Hydraulic Brake System Type HM for Progressive / Controlled Stopping Torque and Parking. Torque range of 0 through 900 FT LBS. via Foot Pedal Pressure along with Spring Set Parking & Holding. Parking Torque 700 FT LBS. Includes one 18 Inch Diameter Hydraulic Brake Assembly, HM Control Unit, Parking Brake Control Station with Signal Light, Foot Pedal & Control Cylinder, Fluid Reservoir / Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton, 150 FT Copper Hydraulic Tubing, Wagner 21B Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid, Fittings, Gaskets and Armored Flexible Hoses. Specify whether 230 VDC or 115 VAC for the bleeder operation. A manually operated bleeder is also available. Less Brake Wheel. 389 LBS Net. |
| 18''-H-1 |
Ametek Gemco Hydraulic Brake System, Complete Type H Brake System. Infinitely Progressive Braking Torque, 0 to 900 Foot LBS via Foot Pedal Pressure based on a Maximum Pedal Pressure of 70 LBS. Includes Qty.1, 18 Inch Hydraulic Brake Assembly J002932, Fluid Reservoir Bleeder, Bleeder Pushbutton Station J10008, Control Cylinder J017616 with Pedal J008219, J73901 Installation Kit which includes, 100 Feet of Copper Tubing, Tube clamps, Tube Bushings, Tube Fittings, Tube Unions, Tube Tee, Qty.4, Armored Hose Kits J010797 & 1 Gallon of Wagner 21B Brake Fluid F9314. A Brake Wheel is not included. Please specify whether the Fluid Reservoir Bleeder is to be AC DC or manually via a 1/4 Turn Ball Valve (359LBS) |
| 1950-1-B-A-AO |
Ametek Gemco Switch
1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco
1 = Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., Four Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit
B = Binder / Screw Terminals 4
A = Front Mounting
AO = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower
U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC
-50 to 185 Degree F
Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles
(<1LB) |
| 1950-1-B-A-AR |
Ametek Gemco Switch
1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco
1 = Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., Four Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit
B = Binder / Screw Terminals 4
A = Front Mounting
A = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower
R = Rubber boot for addition protection form humidity and dust
U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC
-50 to 185 Degree F
Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles
(<1LB) |
| 1950-1-B-A-BO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Front Mounting, Lever & 1/2'' Dia. Roller Assembly |
| 1950-1-B-A-DO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Switch Assembly. SPDT Single Pole Double Throw, Qty. 4 Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit, Front Mounting, Plunger Push Operator, 2006 Type K, U.L. Listed (<1LB) |
| 1950-1-B-A-DR |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Switch Assembly. 1 = Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., Four Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit, B = Binder Terminals, A = Front Mounting, DR = Plunger with Boot, Push Operated, U.L. Listed (<1LB) |
| 1950-1-C-A-BO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, 915 / 917 Cycl-Set Terminals, Front Mount, Lever & 1/2 Inch Diameter Roller Assembly. |
| 1950-1-C-A-DO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Limit Switch Assembly, Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T., 4 screw terminals, can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits. Front Mount, Plunger Push Operator. 915 / 917 Cycl-Set & 2006 K RS (<1LB) |
| 1950-1-D-A-AO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Saddle Clamp Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Cam Operated |
| 1950-1-D-A-DO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Saddle Clamp Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Push Operator ( Cycl-Set & 2006K RS ) |
| 1950-1-P-A-AO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Plug-In Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Cam Operated |
| 1950-1-P-A-AR |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Plug-In Terminals, Front Mounting, Plunger Cam Operated, Plunger with boot-cam operator. |
| 1950-1404 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.) Plunger OP Bind TE with Boot and Heavy Springs. For use with the Series 1970 Driv Cheks (<1LB) |
| 1950-1405 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. Double Pole Double Throw, Plunger Operated. Binder Terminals with Heavy Springs. 1970 Drive Chek (<1LB) |
| 1950-1406 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Obsoleted in 2006, See 1950-1413. Precision SPST Slow Make - Slow Break Switch Assembly. N.C. Normally Closed. Special Purpose Switch. U.L. Listed For the 1980 Product Line (<1LB) |
| 1950-1408 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. SPDT Slow Make Slow Break. For products 915 / 917/ 2006 (<1LB) |
| 1950-1413 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Slow Make - Slow Break Single Pole Double Throw Switch Assembly. Can be wire for either a normally open or normally close circuit. 4 screw terminals on this switch. Replaces 1950-1406 which is obsolete (<1LB) |
| 1950-1414 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Single Pole Double Throw with a Heavy Duty Spring for high vibration applications. Can be wired for normally open or closed circuits, 4 screw terminals. Replaces obsolete 1950-1416 but is not a Slow Make Slow Break Switch (<1LB) |
| 1950-1416 |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Obsolete 1/6 Precision Snap Switch, Single Pole Double Throw, Slow Make Slow Break with a Heavy duty / strong Spring for High Vibration Applications. Only one contact that is Normally Closed. Replaced by 1950-1414, though it is NOT an exact duplicate replacement, see specifications (<1LB) |
| 1950-4-B-A-AO |
Ametek Gemco Switch
1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco
4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T., Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits
B = Binder / Screw Terminals 8
A = Front Mounting
AO = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower
U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC
-50 to 185 Degree F
Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles
(<1LB) |
| 1950-4-B-A-AR |
Ametek Gemco Switch
1950 = Precision, Snap Action, Switch Assembly Mfg by Gemco
4 = Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T., Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuits
B = Binder / Screw Terminals 8
A = Front Mounting
A = Switch Plunger operated via cam or roller follower
R = Rubber boot for addition protection form humidity and dust
U.L. Listed, 15 AMPS, 110 - 600 Volts AC / DC
-50 to 185 Degree F
Recommended replacement @ 15 million cycles
(<1LB) |
| 1950-4-B-A-BR |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. Double Pole Double Throw (D.P.D.T.) 2-NO / 2-NC, Plunger operated by Lever & 1/2 Inch Diameter Roller Assembly. Includes Boot |
| 1950-4-B-A-DO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Switch Assembly. DPDT Double Pole Double Throw, Qty. 8 Screw Terminals, can be wired for either a Normally Open or Normally Close Circuit, Front Mounting, Plunger Push Operator, 2006 Type K, U.L. Listed (<1LB) |
| 1950-4-C-A-DO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Action Limit Switch Assembly. Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T., Eight Screw Terminals, can be wired for either Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits.Front Mount, Plunger Push Operator. 915 / 917 Cycl-Set & 2006 K RS (<1LB) |
| 1950-4-P-A-AO |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit. D.P.D.T. Double Pole Double Throw 2-N.O 2-N.C , Plug-In Type Binder, Front Mounting Arrangement, Plunger Cam Operated. |
| 1950G-1-B-A-AR |
Ametek Gemco Switch. Precision Snap Limit Switch Unit with Gold Contacts, Single Pole Double Throw (S.P.D.T.), 1 NO - 1NC Contacts, Front Mounting, Plunger with Boot, Cam Operated U.L. Listed (<1LB) 1/8 |
| 1970-104 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 2 to 4 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (9LBS) |
| 1970-106 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 5 to 6 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (13LBS) |
| 1970-108 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 7 to 8 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (16LBS) |
| 1970-112 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 9 to 12 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator (19LBS) |
| 1970-116 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 13 to 16 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek can detect a broken chain or belt via a supplied travel limit switch is a , spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator |
| 1970-120 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 17 or 20 Circuit Cam Box with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Drive-Chek serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector via a supplied travel limit switch, spring loaded sub base for chain or belt tensioning and a shock and vibration isolator |
| 1970-1204 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 2 to 4 Circuit Frame with a NEMA 4 / 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Unit serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector, a chain or belt tightener and a shock / vibration isolator |
| 1970-1206 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 5 to 6 Circuit Frame with a NEMA 4 / 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Unit serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector, a chain or belt tightener and a shock / vibration isolator |
| 1970-1208 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 7 to 8 Circuit Frame with a NEMA 4 / 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Unit serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector, a chain or belt tightener and a shock / vibration isolator |
| 1970-1212 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek. Drive Check for a Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 5 to 6 Circuit Frame with a NEMA 12 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Unit serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector, a chain or belt tightener and a shock / vibration isolator |
| 1970-124 |
Ametek Gemco Drive Chek for Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switches. For a 21 to 24 Circuit Frame with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. The Drive-Chek is a multi-purpose sub base that is mounted under a chain or drive belt driven mechanism. The Unit serves 3 purposes; a broken chain or belt detector, a chain or belt tightener and a shock or vibration isolator. |
| 1980 |
Ametek Gemco Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees without a Tool - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
Model 1980-106-R-DP-X
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
6 = Qty. 6, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
DP = DPDT Switches = Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or timing dial window
CAPE MAY NEW JERSEY MOVEABLE BRIDGE;
Specification for rotating cam limit switch.
The contractor shall provide a rotating cam limit switch that meets the specification as called out below.
The cam box shall have 16 circuits each consisting of a micro adjust cam capable of dwells from 4 degrees through 356 degrees utilizing two cam halves.
The cams shall be adjusted by use of a cam adjustment tool supplied with the cam box and mounted inside of the enclosure on a bracket.
The cams are adjusted through a 36:1 ratio pinion assembly that will rotate each half of a circuit cam 10 degrees for each complete adjustment hub turn.
The micro-adjust cams shall maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree.
Each circuit shall have a precision rugged duty snap action switch with double break contacts that are actuated at a uniform rate to give long life.
Electrical switches shall be SPDT with one NO and one NC contact per switch.
Switches shall be rated for at least 15 million cycles.
The input shaft shall be a 3/4'' diameter made of 316 Stainless Steel having a # 606 woodruff key and can be located on the right end, left end or a double ended version can be specified.
The enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges and flange bolts shall be constructed of 304 Stainless Steel meeting a NEMA 4X rating.
The cam box shall utilize lifetime sealed ball bearings for the input shaft.
The cam box shall be supplied standard with a three year warranty covering the entire unit.
The cam box shall be manufactured by Ametek APT, Gemco division out of Clawson Michigan with no substitutions allowed.
|
| 1980-101-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-101-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
01 = 1 Independent Cam / Circuit / Switch
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(10LBS) |
| 1980-102-L-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-L-DP-X
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(11 LBS) |
| 1980-102-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(11LBS) |
| 1980-102-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-102-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-103-L-DP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(11LBS) |
| 1980-103-L-DP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-TD2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(11LBS) |
| 1980-103-L-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-DP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-103-L-GSP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-GSP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
GSP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided |
| 1980-103-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(11LBS) |
| 1980-103-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation
3 Year Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-103-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-103-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-D-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-DP-X
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
(13LBS) |
| 1980-104-D-DPP-R-X-S-200-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-DPP-R-X-S-200-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box, Double Shaft 2
DPP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch with a Plug in Socket
R = Rubber boot Option on the switch plunger for additional moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer |
| 1980-104-D-GSP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-104-L-GSP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
GSPR = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts & Rubber Seals for additional dust & moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (12LBS) |
| 1980-104-D-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-104-D-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-D-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-L-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-L-GSP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-GSP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
GSP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
|
| 1980-104-L-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-L-SP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD2
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation |
| 1980-104-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-R-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-DP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-R-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-R-SP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-10-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer
(18LBS) |
| 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-1000-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
1000 = 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer Location |
| 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-DP-X-S-25-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer
(18LBS) |
| 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-400-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
400 = 400 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 |
| 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-5-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 |
| 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-R-8-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 |
| 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-X-SP-X-S-200-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-105-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-105-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-105-R-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-DP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-105-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
(14LBS) |
| 1980-105-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-R-1-L7
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Precision Snap Action Switches
X = No Timing Dial
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
1 = 1 to 1 Gear Ratio
L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 |
| 1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-105-X-SP-X-S-14-R
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-106-D-SP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-TD2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure, 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(16LBS) |
| 1980-106-D-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-D-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-106-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-106-L-SP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-TD2
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.Wise Rotation
3 year Warranty |
| 1980-106-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
06 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-106-R-DP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-TD2
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches
TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-106-R-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-DP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-106-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-106-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-2-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-DP-X-S-4-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
28 = 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-R-X-S-32-L
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
32 = 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-10-R2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 |
| 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-R-5-L7
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio
L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7 |
| 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-*-* |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-*-*
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
* = * Gear Ratio to be determined
* = * Shaft Location to be determined |
| 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-106-X-SP-X-S-200-R
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
200 = 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-107-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-X
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
7 = 7 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-107-R-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-DP-X
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(14LBS) |
| 1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-R-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-107-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation |
| 1980-107-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(16LBS) |
| 1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-107-X-SP-X-S-6-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer
(22LBS) |
| 1980-108-D-SD-TW1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-SP-TW1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TW1 = Timing Dial & Dial Window is to be provided Timing Dial Degrees Labeled for Clock Wise Rotation
3 Year Warranty
Dimensions, use a 9 to 12 circuit enclosure drawing
(22LBS) |
| 1980-108-D-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-D-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension, shafts exit from both ends of the enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(17LBS) |
| 1980-108-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-108-L-SP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD2
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
8 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation |
| 1980-108-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(17LBS) |
| 1980-108-R-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-DP-X
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
4 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
|
| 1980-108-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(17LBS) |
| 1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-R-X-S-8-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
(21LBS) |
| 1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-108-X-DP-X-S-8-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-109-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(21LBS) |
| 1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-109-X-DP-X-R-14-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 |
| 1980-110-D-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-D-SP-TD1
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension (2) from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
(21LBS) |
| 1980-110-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-110-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-110-R-SP-X
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
(21LBS) |
| 1980-111-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation |
| 1980-111-R-SP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-111-R-SP-TD2
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Rotation |
| 1980-112-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(29LBS) |
| 1980-112-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-112-X-SP-R-X-S-6-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-S-6-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture or dust protection
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-R-5-L1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
R= right Angle Gear Reducer
5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio
L1 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 1
(36LBS) |
| 1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-112-X-SP-X-S-4-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-116-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-116-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(30LBS) |
| 1980-118-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-118-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Left End |
| 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-118-X-SP-TD1-S-1.5-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
018 = 18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
1.5 = 1 & 1/2 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Gear Reducer & Shaft Extension on Right End |
| 1980-1202-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1202-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
02 = 2 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation |
| 1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-TD1
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
03= 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches
R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger
TD1 = Timing Dial Clock Wise Rotation |
| 1980-1203-R-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-1203-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1203-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
03 = Qty. 3, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-1204 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
= Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
= DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-1204-D-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-DP-X
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-1204-D-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure
D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-1204-D-SPG-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like 1980-1204-D-SPG-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2
SPG = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, with Gold Plated Contacts
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional protection from Moisture & Dust
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
(19LBS) 1/8 |
| 1980-1204-D-SPP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-D-SPP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure. Right & Left Side
SPP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch with Plug in Sockets
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(18LBS) |
| 1980-1204-L-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-DP-X
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-1204-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(19LBS) |
| 1980-1204-R-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-DP-X
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-1204-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Dust Tight
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-1204-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(19LBS) |
| 1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-DP-X-S-80-R
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
(24LBS) |
| 1980-1204-X-SP-R-72-L1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-R-72-L1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension opposite gear box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer
72 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio
L1 = Shaft Location |
| 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-6-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial
R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer
6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Shaft Location, Right End, Shaft Position 1 |
| 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-R-8-R3
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R3 = Shaft Location |
| 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-2.2-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
2.2 = 2.2 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-8-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1205-D-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-D-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation, 0-360 Degrees
3 Year Limited Warranty
(22LBS) |
| 1980-1205-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(24LBS) |
| 1980-1205-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-L-SP-X
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-1205-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(24LBS) |
| 1980-1205-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial
3 Year Limited Warranty
(22LBS) |
| 1980-1205-X-DP-S-6-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1205-X-DP-X-S-6-R
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
05 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
|
| 1980-1206-D-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-D-DP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Dual Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(16LBS) |
| 1980-1206-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(24LBS) |
| 1980-1206-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(24LBS) |
| 1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-R-X-S-14-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boots on the switch plunger for additional moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right Side, Gear Box & Main Shaft |
| 1980-1206-X-DP-X-R-18-L1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-R18-L1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial
R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer
18 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio
L1 = Shaft Location |
| 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-L
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
1.33 = 1.33 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-1.33-R
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
1.33 = 1.33 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S36-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-DP-X-S-36-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 06 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
36 = 36 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-16-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-R-X-S-16-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gear box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot on the switch plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
16 = 16 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Gear Reducer
(28LBS) |
| 1980-1206-X-SP-TD1-S-25-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-TD1-S-25-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for clock wise rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-15-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-S-15-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
(26LBS) |
| 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-30-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-30-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
(26LBS) |
| 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-8-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-X-SP-X-S-8-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1206-Y-SP-X-S-35-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1206-Y-SP-X-S-35-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
Y = No shaft extension opposite gear box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer |
| 1980-1207-D-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1207-D-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure
D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-1208-D-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-D-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure
D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for Clock Wise Rotation
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-1208-D-SP-TD3 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-D-SP-TD3
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure
D = Dual (2) Shaft Extensions from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD3 = Timing Dial labeled for Clock Wise Rotation with the main shaft vertical
3 Year Warranty
(32LBS) |
| 1980-1208-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(26LBS) |
| 1980-1208-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(26LBS) |
| 1980-1208-X-SP-TD1-S-14-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-TD1-S-14-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for Clockwise Rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
(37LBS) |
| 1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-18-L7 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-18-L7
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
18 = 18 to 1 Gear Ratio
L7 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 7
(28LBS) |
| 1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-25-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1208-X-SP-X-R-25-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
R = Right Angle Drive Gear Reducer
25 = 25 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Shaft Location |
| 1980-1208-X-SP-X-S-30-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1204-X-SP-X-S-30-L
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
08 = 08 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
(28LBS) |
| 1980-1209-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1209-L-SP-X
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
9 = 9 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-1210-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1210-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-1210-X-SP-R-X-R-7.5-L1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1210-X-SP-R-X-R-7.5-L1
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Snap Switch U.L. Listed
R = Rubber Boot on Snap Switch Plunger
X = No Timing Dial
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
7.5 = 7.5 to 1 Gear Ratio
L1 = Right End Shaft Location, Position 1
(34LBS) |
| 1980-1211-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1215-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
15 = 15 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation |
| 1980-1212-D-SP-TD3 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-D-SP-TD3
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
12 = 12 Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD3 = Timing Dial, Clock Wiser Rotation, Vertical Mounting |
| 1980-1212-D-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-D-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Dual Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(21LBS) |
| 1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-5-R3 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-5-R3
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
R= Right Angle Precision Gear Reducer
5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio
R3 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 3 |
| 1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-6-L7 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1212-X-DP-X-R-6-L7
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
6 = 6 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-1215-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1215-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
15 = 15 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation |
| 1980-1216-R-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1216-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional dust & moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(50LBS) |
| 1980-1346 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-104-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
Special Engineered Product, 3 Cams with a provision for a 4th cam installed by the OEM. A switch is installed but the OEM provided their own or left out the cam in the spare area for future use
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-1535 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-1535 like a 1980-102-L-SP-X with a special main shaft
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
Specially Engineered Main Shaft Extension: 1/2 Inch Dia X 2 & 5/8 Inches Long
Perkins Press
(10LBS) |
| 1980-1669 |
Ametek Gemco Deck Type Limit Switch. 3 Decks. 1950-1-B-A-AO |
| 1980-1780 |
Ametek Gemco 1980-104-L-SP-X & a 1970-104 Drive-Chek |
| 1980-1928 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Like Model 1980-104-L-SP-X
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
Special OEM Product provided to Midland Ross in 1975
Has a special 2 & 7/16 Inch Main Shaft Extension from the Cam Box with the Shaft End Tapped for a 1/4 - 20 fastener
(12LBS)
|
| 1980-2090 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Cam Limit Switch. 4 circuit, NEMA 12 Enclosure, Left Hand Shaft Extension, Qty. 3, S.P.D.T. & Qty. 1, D.P.D.T. Switches. |
| 1980-2152 |
Ametek Gemco DUAL SHAFT Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Qty. 2, parallel shafts each having Qty. 3, circuits / cams / switches. Precision snap Acting D.P.D.T. Switches. Total 6 circuits. The 2 parallel shafts are coupled with a chain & sprocket inside the enclosure. A Gemco 3001-3 Adjustable Coupling is used to allow timing changes between the 2 shafts. Right hand shaft extension in position ''D'' with a second Gemco 3001-3 Adjustable Coupling. NEMA 4 Metal Enclosure. Originally designed for Kaiser Steel in 1977 |
| 1980-2179 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like a 1980-103-L-SP-X with 2 Special Cams
Cam #1 = SD0189100 (Min. Dwell) cir #1 location LH side
Cam #2 = SD0164600 (Min. Lobe) cir #2 location
Cam #3 = SD0117800 (Standard) cir #3 location
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-2312 |
Ametek Gemco Specially Engineered Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring some of the cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure, Specially Engineered Enclosure & Cover
18 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
Qty 16, SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Qty 2, DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
13 Standard Cams, SD0117800
2 Special 15 Degree Cams, SD0203000
1 Special 75 Degree Cam, SD0203100
2 Special 40 Degree Cams, 1/2 Circuit, Right Hand, SD0207500
Internal Right Angle Gear Reducer with a having a 6:1 ratio
3 Position Selector Switch, 22mm with a Black Lever, Spring Return
9/6 |
| 1980-2366 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 7 circuits / Cams / Switches. Single Pole Double Throw Switches. Dual Output Shafts. External Timing Dial with Pulse Disk and Switch. Includes # 3001-1 1/2 Inch Sprocket Drive Coupling. |
| 1980-23875A |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Specially engineered product |
| 1980-2441 |
Ametek Gemco Series 1980 Rotating Cam Limit Switch. 11 circuit cam box with 5 standard cams and 6 special cut cams with 20 degree lobes. SPDT switches with boots. Includes a right angle gear reducer with a 10 to 1 ratio mounted on the left end with a straight shaft in position L1 . NEMA 12 enclosures. |
| 1980-2527 |
Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box
OEM Link Systems
NEMA 1 Enclosure
2 Independent Circuits / Cam / Switches
''Add a Cam'' feature which allows enclosure space for the OEM or End User to add 2 cams at a latter date
Right Hand Shaft Extension
Tach Generator Module
Precision Snap Acting Single Pole Double Trow Switches S.P.D.T.
Roller Followers were included
|
| 1980-2529 |
Ametek Gemco / Link Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-2529
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
With Encoder, Brevel Motors, 902436
Link Electric only |
| 1980-2761 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Like Switch Model 1980-911-X-SP-TD1-S-12-L
Series 1980
9 = NEMA 9 Group F Enclosure
11 = 11 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft opposite gearbox
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Box
12 = 12 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Gear Box Mounted to Left End
With Strip Heater & Thermostat
(50LBS) |
| 1980-3004B |
Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch
4 Circuit with SPDT Switches
NEMA 1 with Custom Enclosure & Main Shaft Detail
Left Hand Shaft Extension
With the ''ADD A CAM'' feature for future or OEM addition of Cam / Circuit |
| 1980-3010T |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3010T, replaced 1980-3010
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
Qty 3, SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Qty 1, DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
Add on Tach Gen Module PSD153603 Includes Drive Chek 1970-104 & 2 Special Cams SD2231 110 Degrees & Cam SD2382 45 Degrees on the DPDT Switch 4 weeks 6/7 |
| 1980-3087 |
Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box with Motion Detect.
NEMA 1 Enclosure
5 Circuit / Switch / Cam
with Motion Detect |
| 1980-3145 |
Ametek Gemco Special Rotating Cam Limit Switch. NEMA 1 Enclosure, 4 Cams / Circuits, Left Hand Shaft Extension, S.P.D.T. = Single Pole Double Throw Switches, 3 Standard Cams with a provision for a 4th cam installed by the OEM Bliss Salem. The switch is installed but we have no record of what type of cam Bliss Salem installed if any in the spare area. 2 weeks to ship. |
| 1980-3146 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model like model 1980-106-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
06 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches, with the add a cam feature for a future circuit
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(14LBS) 4/7 |
| 1980-3157 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3157
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
SD0197700 Optical Disc
SD0194800 Motion Detect Switch in Circuit 6
(29LBS) 7/6 |
| 1980-3315 |
Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box
Specially engineered product
4 Circuit
NEMA 4X, 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure
1 to 3 Straight Drive Gear Multiplier, Internally Mounted
SPDT Switches with the Rubber Boot option
Enclosure is heated with a Thermostat Controlled Strip Heater
Double Shaft Extensions from enclosure
2001403 8/7 |
| 1980-3327 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like model 1980-1210-X-SP-X-R-10-R1
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Snap Switch U.L. Listed
X = No Timing Dial
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Shaft Location, Position 1
Special 6 Inch Diameter Cams normally used with the Series 1997 Gate Hoist Products Line
A larger enclosure is also supplied to enclose these cams 8/6
(45LBS) |
| 1980-3383 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3383
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches
2 of these cams do not have adjustable dwell. They are machined with 25 degrees of dwell
Right Hand Shaft extension from enclosure
9 Single Pole Double Throw Switches
1 1950-1406 Slow Make - Slow Break Switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-3426 |
Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Limit Switch
Engineered Part Number
6 Circuit / Cams
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
SPDT UL Rated Snap Switches
Right Hand Unit
Gear Multiplier, 4 to 1 Ratio
Includes an Ametek Gemco 1/2 Inch Direct Drive Coupling. Maximum torque rating 300 lb.-in. 1/2 inch direct & sprocket drive 404 woodruff keyway & key. 50 turns of the adjusting screw will rotate coupling 360 degrees. For easily made incremental adjustment between drive shaft & cam box |
| 1980-3434 |
Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Cam Box
NEMA 12 Enclosure
6 Circuits / Cams / Switches
Double Ended Shaft Extension
Pulse Generating Disc
Built in 1983 for International Harvester |
| 1980-3486 |
Ametek Gemco Cam Box
Series 1980
1980-3486
6 Independent Circuit / Cam / Switch
S.P.D.T. Switches, Single Pole Double Throw Precision Snap Acting Switches
NEMA 1 Enclosure
Left Hand Shaft Extension
Add On feature for Tach Gen
Tach Generator (supplied buy others)
Lock Out Feature (accepts padlock)
|
| 1980-3503 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3503
Series 1980
NEMA 9 Enclosure with strip heater & thermostat
11 Cams / Circuits / Switches
Timing Dial is included
Straight Drive Gear Reducer 10 to 1 Ratio
4 to 6 weeks to ship. |
| 1980-3510 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-3510 Similar to 1980-1204-L-SP-X
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
Specially machined cams 2 @ 15 Degrees Dwell & 2 @ 60 Degrees Dwell
Special 1950-1413 Switches. SPDT Slow Make - Slow Break, can be wired for Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals. The 1950-1413 previously supplied switch is no longer available. It was a SPST switch with a normally closed contact only
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided 5/6 |
| 1980-3742 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit
Series 1980
NEMA 9 Enclosure
11 Cams / Circuits / Switches
Double Pole Double Throw Switches
Straight Drive Gear Reducer
12 to 1 Gear Ratio
With Timing Dial, Strip Heater & Thermostat |
| 1980-3809 |
Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch
Engineered Part Number
Like 1980-409-R-SP-X with Tach Gen., Spring Return & Clutch |
| 1980-3875A |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Specially engineered product |
| 1980-3989 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
Engineered product with both Single & Double Throw Switches
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
40 = 40 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Position 1 |
| 1980-3990 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
Engineered product with both Single & Double Throw Switches, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
20= 20 to 1 Gear Ratio
L1 = Left End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 |
| 1980-401-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-401-R-SP-X
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Water Resistant Enclosure
01 = 1 Cams / Circuit / Switch
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switch U.L. Listed
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(19LBS) |
| 1980-402-D-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-402-D-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension from enclosure, 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(18LBS) |
| 1980-402-X-DP-X-R-10-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-402-X-DP-X-R-10-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches. The micro-adjust cams maintain accuracy / repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand. The cams have a switch setting range of 4 through 356 Degrees
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch.Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio
R1 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 1 |
| 1980-403-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-403-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(20BS) |
| 1980-403-X-DP-X-S-200-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-403-X-DP-X-S-200-L
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
3 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No shaft extension opposite gear box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
26 LBS Gross |
| 1980-404 X-SP-R-X-S-60-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-60-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = R = Rubber boot on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer. Shaft parallel to main shaft
60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer Location
(26LBS) |
| 1980-404-D-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-D-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell04 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double / 2 Shaft Extensions from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger for addition moisture & contaminant protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(19LBS) |
| 1980-404-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(18LBS) |
| 1980-404-R-DP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-R-DP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(18LBS) |
| 1980-404-R-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell04 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger for addition moisture & contaminant protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
(21LBS) |
| 1980-404-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
4 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
3 Year Warranty
(20LBS) |
| 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-28L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-28-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
28 = 28 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Gear Reducer
(24LBS) |
| 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-60-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-R-X-S-60-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer
(24LBS) |
| 1980-404-X-SP-X-R-15-R2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-R-15-R2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
2 = Shaft Location Position 2 |
| 1980-404-X-SP-X-R-60-R2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-R-60-R2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
60 = 60 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
2 = Shaft Location Position 2 |
| 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-100-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-100-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
(29LBS) |
| 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-35-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-35-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-405-D-DP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-D-DP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Double Shaft Extension from Enclosure, shaft out both ends
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-405-D-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-D-SP-X
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches
D = Double Shaft Extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided |
| 1980-405-R-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(22LBS) |
| 1980-405-R-SPP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-R-SPP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SPP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw with the Optional Plug-In Socket. Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(22LBS) |
| 1980-405-X-DP-X-S-200-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-X-DP-X-S-200-L
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
5 = 5 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No shaft extension opposite gear box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
(30LBS) |
| 1980-405-Y-SP-X-M-6-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-405-Y-SP-X-M-6-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Watertight Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
Y = No shaft extension oposite the gear multiplier
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
M = Gear Multiplier supplied
6 = 6 to 1 Ratio on the gear multiplier
R = Right End, Gear Multiplier located on the Right Side
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) |
| 1980-406-D-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-D-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Dual Shafts Extending from Enclosure,Two
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(36LBS) |
| 1980-406-L-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(27LBS) |
| 1980-406-R-3DP/3SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-3DP/3SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
3DP = Qty 3 DP Switches
3SP = Qty 3 SP Switches
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-406-R-DP-X-S-2-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-DP-X-S-2-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Gear Reducer / Shaft Location |
| 1980-406-R-SP-R-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(36LBS) |
| 1980-406-R-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot option on switch plunger for additional protection from moisture & dust
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(24LBS) |
| 1980-406-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty
(27LBS) |
| 1980-406-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(24LBS) |
| 1980-406-X-DP-X-M-3-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-DP-X-M-3-R
Series 1980 Vertex S827-6800-30
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches U.L. Listed
X = No Timing Dial
M= Multiplier Drive
3 = 1 to 3 Multiplier Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-4478 |
| 1980-406-X-DP-X-S-2-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-R-DP-X-S-2-L
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
DP = D.P.D.T. Switches, Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Acting
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight drive Gear Reducer
2 = 2 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-406-X-SP-R-X-S-20-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-R-X-S-20-R
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches
R = Rubber Boot Option
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Gear Reducer
20 = 20 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right Shaft Location |
| 1980-406-X-SP-TD4-R-15-L8 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-TD4-R-15-L8
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
TD4 = Timing Dial 0 - 360 Vertical Labeling for Counter Clock Wise Rotation
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
8 = Shaft Location Position 8
3 Year Warranty |
| 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-100-R6 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-100-R6
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Watertight Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No shaft extension opposite gearbox / no double shaft extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
R= Right Angle Gear Reducer
100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio
R6 = Right End Gear Reducer Shaft Location 6 |
| 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-15-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-15-R1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
1 = Shaft Location Position 1 |
| 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-96-L-4 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-R-96-L4
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
96 = 96 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
1 = Shaft Location Position 4
(34LBS) |
| 1980-406-X-SP-X-S-14-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-SP-X-S-14-R
Series 1980 30 LBS Gross
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
14 = 14 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-406-Y-SP-TD1-S-15-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-Y-SP-TD1-S-15-L
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
6 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial 0 - 360 Clock Wise
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
15 = 15 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
3 Year Warranty
(35LBS) |
| 1980-406-Y-SP-X-S-8-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-Y-SP-X-S-8-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box / Double Shaft Extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-407-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(27LBS) |
| 1980-407-X-SP-R-X-S- |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-X-SP-R-S-100-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Gear Reducer / Main Shaft |
| 1980-407-X-SP-R-X-S-32R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-407-X-SP-R-S-32-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Reverse Rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
32 = 32 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer / Main Shaft |
| 1980-408-L-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-L-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
R = Rubber Boot option on switch plunger
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(32LBS) |
| 1980-408-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(32LBS) |
| 1980-408-R-DP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-R-DP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Warranty
(32LBS) |
| 1980-408-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Warranty
(32LBS) |
| 1980-408-X-DP-TD1-R-1-L1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-DP-TD1-R-1-L1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
L1 = Shaft Location from Gear Box |
| 1980-408-X-SP-TD1-X-M-3-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-X-SP-TD1-M-3-R
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial Clock Wise Rotation
M= Multiplier Drive
3 = 1 to 3 Multiplier Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-408-Y-SP-X-M-4-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-408-Y-SP-X-M-4-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
08 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
M= Multiplier Drive
4 = 1 to 4 Multiplier Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
(36LBS) |
| 1980-409-R-4DP/5SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-409-R-4DP/5SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
09 = 9 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
4DP = Qty 4 DP Switches
5SP = Qty 5 SP Switches
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-410-D-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-D-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Double Shaft Extension from both sides Enclosure 2
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-410-L-SP-R-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-L-SP-R-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Watertight Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot on switch plunger for moisture & dust protection
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-410-R-SP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-410-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty |
| 1980-410-X-SP-TD1-S-80-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-X-SP-TD1-S-80-R
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
10 = 10 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial, Clockwise Rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
80 = 80 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-410-X-SP-TD2-S-35-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-X-SP-TD2-S-35-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
35= 35 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location
(24LBS) |
| 1980-410-X-SP-X-S-100-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-410-X-SP-X-S-100-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
10 = 10 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660 X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-411-R-SP-TD2 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-411-R-SP-TD2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
11= 11 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation but without timing dial window on the enclosure
3 Year Warranty
(36LBS) |
| 1980-411-X-SP-X-M-4-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-411-X-SP-X-M-4-R
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
M = Multiplier Drive
4 = 4 to 1 Gear Multiplier
R = Right End Shaft Location
(43LBS) |
| 1980-411-X-SP-X-S-4-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-411-X-SP-X-S-4-R
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
11= 11 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
4 = 4 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-100-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-100-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
12= 12 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
41 LBS |
| 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-36-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-36-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
36 = 36 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-412-X-SP-X-S10-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-X-SP-X-S-10-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
10 = 10 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-412-Y-SP-X-M-6-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-Y-SP-X-M-6-R
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
12 = 12 Cams / Circuits / Switches
Y = Shaft Extension oposite gearbox. (double)
SP = SPDT Switches. Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
M = Mutiplier Drive
6 = 1 to 6 Gear Multiplier Ratio
R = Gear Multiplier, Right End Loc |
| 1980-412-Y-SP-X-S-200-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-412-Y-SP-X-S-200-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
Y = Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box / Double Shaft Extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
200 = 200 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Gear Box & Shaft Location |
| 1980-414-R-SP-R-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 980-414-R-SP-R-TD1
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
14 = 14 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger
TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension |
| 1980-415-X-SP-TD1-S-12-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-415-X-SP-TD1-S-12-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
15 = 15 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer, shaft parallel with main shaft
12 = 12 to 1 Gear Ratio, every 12 turns of the main shaft the cams turn once
R = Right End Shaft Location |
| 1980-416-L-SP-TD1-R-100-R1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-416-L-SP-TD1-R-100-R1
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
16 = 16 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
100 = 100 to 1 Gear Reducer Ratio
R-1 = Shaft Location on Gear Reducer |
| 1980-416-L-SP-TW1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-416-L-SP-TW1
Series 1980
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
16 = 16 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TW1 = Timing Dial C.W. Clock Wise Rotation with a Timing Dial Window on the Enclosure |
| 1980-416-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees without a Tool - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Model 1980-416-R-SP-X
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
16 = Qty. 16, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw with one NO and one NC contact per switch rated at 15 million cycles
X = No Timing Dial or dial window is to be provided
Warranty 3 years
With NEMA 4X Stainless Adder & 2.5 Inch Shaft Extension without woodruff key and keyslot
10% expedite fee for shipment within 2.5 week. Expedite fee will be dropped if factory does not ship in 2.5 weeks |
| 1980-4160 |
Ametek Gemco Cam Box like 1980R-406-X-DP-X-R-3-L with 304 Stainless Steel Option. NEMA 4X, 6 Circuits, 3 to 1 Ratio, Includes Resolver EC70289 # SD0308910. Enclosure size is to be the same as original units. Bascular Span Drawbridge Long Island NY. 1980-4160 RAGR/SS EN |
| 1980-4161 |
Ametek Gemco Cam Box like1980R-406-X-DP-X-R-3-R with 304 Stainless Steel Option. NEMA 4X, 6 Circuits, 3 to 1 Ratio, Includes Resolver EC70289 # SD0308910. Enclosure size is to be the same as original units. Bascular Span Drawbridge Long Island NY. 1980-4161 RAGR/SS EN |
| 1980-4223 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Specially Engineered Product
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation
Multiplier Gear Drive with a Ratio of 1 to 4
Encoder Provision, for a customer supplied encoder
(40LBS) 7/7 |
| 1980-4245 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing,Dwell & a Resolver
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
(19LBS) 11/7 |
| 1980-4310 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like 1980-402-R-DP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4X Rated 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure
02 = 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided 1/7 |
| 1980-4325 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-406-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(24LBS) |
| 1980-4375 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-103-X-SP- - 64-L5
Series 1980R with AMCI Style Resolver
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
03 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches
SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches
64 = 64 to 1 Gear Reducer
L5 = Input Shaft Location |
| 1980-4376 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch1980-12-06-L-SP
Series 1980
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
06 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
With Pulse Generating Disc & Switch in Circuit # 8
|
| 1980-4380 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-4380 NEMA 12 Enclosure, 6 Circuit / Cam, Right Hand Shaft Extension, SPDT Switches, with AMCI Resolver SD0495600 |
| 1980-4382 |
Ametek Gemco 1980 Series Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Similar to part # 1980-407-R-DP-X EXCEPT with a 316 Stainless Steel Shaft cam / main shaft along with a stainless steel drain / breather for the enclosure. NEMA 4 Enclosure, 7 Circuits / Cams, D.P.D.T. Snap Action Switches for all circuits, Right End Shaft Extension. |
| 1980-4386 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980-4386
Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001
4 = NEMA 4X Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure, 304 Stainless Steel enclosure option that includes:
316 SS Camshaft, 304 SS Enclosure, Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges and Flange Bolts
8 = 8 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided
S = Straight Drive Extension from Gear Reducer
35 = 35 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right, Gear Reducer is on the Right Side of the cam box
(44LBS) |
| 1980-4387 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-404-R-SP-TD2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure
04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD2 = Timing Dial labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation
Special: 304 stainless steel enclosure & 316 Stainless Steel Shaft
The enclosure is a 5-6 circuit size due to TD2 Timing dial Option |
| 1980-4388 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-404-L-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure
04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for Clockwise Rotation
Special: 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure & 316 Stainless Steel Shaft
The enclosure size is a 5 - 6 circuit size due to the TD1 timing dial option |
| 1980-4390 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Like Model 1980-407-R-SP-TD2
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Stainless Steel Enclosure
07 = 7 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation
Special: 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure & 316 Stainless Steel Shaft
The enclosure size is a 7 - 8 circuit size |
| 1980-4430 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch. Like Model 1980-404-X-SP-X-S-28-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure with the 304 Stainless Steel Enclosure option that includes:
316 SS Camshaft, 304 SS Enclosure, Cover, Latches, Bearing Flanges and Flange Bolts
04 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
28 = 28 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
Morris Material Handling Originally |
| 1980-4447 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-4447
NEMA 4
7 Circuit / Cam / Switch
Double Pole Double Throw Switches
With Resolver
With Stainless Steel Drain / Breather
|
| 1980-4451 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like 1980-1204-D-SPG-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Dual Shaft Extensions from Enclosure, 2
SPG = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch, with Gold Plated Contacts
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boots on the Switch Plunger for additional protection from Moisture & Dust
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
(19LBS) 1/8 |
| 1980-4455 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-TD2
Series 1980
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
8 = 8 Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw
TD2 = Timing Dial C.C.W. Counter Clock Wise Rotation
With 1 Special 30 Degree Cam Circuit. |
| 1980-4469 |
Ametek Gemco Engineered Product.Similar to part number 1980-408-X-DP-TDI-R-1-L1 except with provisions to mount and couple a customer supplied Dynapar Encoder. Series A5840960010
304 stainless steel enclosure, cover, latches, internal camshaft, bearing flanges & flange bolts
Gear Reducer is NEMA 4, (stainless is not available)
|
| 1980-4478 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-406-X-DP-X-M-3-R
Series 1980 Vertex S827-6800-30
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
6 = 6 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
DP = DPDT Switches, Double Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
M= Multiplier Drive
3 = 1 to 3 Multiplier Ratio
R = Right End Shaft Location
1980-4478 |
| 1980-4484 |
Ametek Gemco Cam Limit Switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees without a Tool - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
Series 1980 Micro-Adjust Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Model 1980-416-R-SP-X
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
16 = Qty. 16, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw with one NO and one NC contact per switch rated at 15 million cycles
X = No Timing Dial or dial window is to be provided
Warranty 3 years
With NEMA 4X Stainless Adder & 2.5 Inch Shaft Extension without woodruff key and keyslot
|
| 1980-4500 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS)
With a special main shaft diameter, keyway & length. Ametek Gemco will assign an engineered part number once the order is acknowledged by engineering. Shaft diameter as it extends from the cam box, 18mm. Shaft keyway 6X3mm, Shaft length from mounting foot center line to end 86mm |
| 1980-4501 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-104-L-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
DP = DPDT Switches / Double Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed. Switches can be wired to be a Normally Open or Normally Closed Circuit. 8 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS)
With a special main shaft diameter, keyway & length. Ametek Gemco will assign an engineered part number once the order is acknowledged by engineering. Shaft diameter as it extends from the cam box, 18mm. Shaft keyway 6X3mm, Shaft length from mounting foot center line to end 86mm In error provided DPDT switches, change engr # for SPDT switches |
| 1980-4504 |
Ametek Gemco Engineered Product. Same as part number 1980-4469 with the exception of the removal of the gear reducer. Mount and couple the customer supplied encoder. The encoder is to be a Dynapar Series A125-0012-1-C-320
304 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover, latches, bearing flanges & flange bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating 406
17 to 20 Circuit Size Enclosure Dim
Also similar to a 1980-408-L-DP-TD1
(57LBS) 40 X 14 X 7 Box |
| 1980-4510 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model, similar to 1980-407-X-SP-R-S-100-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure. 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure, cover & latches. 304 SS for Bearing Flanges & Flange Bolts. 3/4 Inch 316 Stainless Input Shaft. Meets a NEMA 4X Rating
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial is to be provided
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
100 = 100 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Gear Reducer / Main Shaft
(34LBS) |
| 1980-4514 |
Ametek Gemco Specially Engineered Product. Similar to part number 1980-916-Y-DP-X-S-8-R with enclosure heater and thermostat
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
9 = NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure
16 = 16 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
Y = Double Shaft Extension from Enclosure, Two
DP = DPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuits. 8 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial is to be supplied
S = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
8 = 8 to 1 Gear Ratio
R- Gear Box mounted on the Right Side
(85LBS) |
| 1980-4515 |
Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model like 1980-406-X-SP-X-SX-30-L
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial
SX= Straight Drive Gear Reducer with a 1/2 Inch Diameter 316 Stainless Steel Shaft
30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-4522 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model like a 1980-406-SP-R-X-TD2-R-20-L but with a 316 Stainless Steel Main Shaft
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4 = NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure
06 = 6 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
X = No Shaft Extension opposite the gearbox
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot option on Switch Plunger for additional moisture protection
TD2 = Timing Dial Labeled for Counter Clock Wise Rotation
R - Right Angle Gear Reducer with a 316 Stainless Steel Shaft
20 = 20 to 1 Gear Ratio
L = Gear Box is located on the Left Side
(30LBS) |
| 1980-4540 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
D = Double Shaft Extension from Enclosure, Two, Right & Left
GSP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(12LBS) 11/7 |
| 1980-4541 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-104-L-GSPR-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
GSPR = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts & Rubber Seals for additional dust & moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (12LBS) |
| 1980-4542 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch like Model 1980-103-L-GSPR-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
GSPR = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch. With Gold Plated Contacts & Rubber Seals for additional dust & moisture protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided (11LBS) |
| 1980-4549 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model Like 1980-4X05-R-SP-R-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
4X= NEMA 4X Rated Enclosure, Watertight, 304 Stainless Steel Option
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
R = Rubber Boot / Seal on the Switch Plunger for additional moisture & dust protection
X = No Timing Dial or Dial Window is to be provided
3 Year Limited Warranty
(LBS) |
| 1980-704-X-SP-X-M-3-L |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-704-X-SP-X-M-3-L
Series 1980
7 = NEMA 7 Enclosure
04= 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches, Single Pole Double Throw
X = No Timing Dial
M = Multiplier Drive
3 = 3 to 1 Gear Multiplier
L = Left End Shaft Location |
| 1980-705-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-705-R-SP-X
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
7 = NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure
05 = 5 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
|
| 1980-705-X-SP-X-S-48-R |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-705-X-SP-X-S-48-R
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
7 = NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure
07 = 7 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite the Gear Box
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
S= Straight Drive Gear Reducer
48 = 48 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Right End Gear Reducer |
| 1980-912-R-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch Model 1980-912-R-SP-TD1
Series 1980 Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell
9 = NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
The micro-adjust cams maintain an accuracy and repeatability of 1/4 degree and can be adjusted by use of a tool supplied and mounted inside the enclosure or by hand
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension from Enclosure
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
Switch Settings 4 to 356 Degrees - Gemco Manufactured Precision Snap Switches - UL Listed Assembly File E56660
TD1 = Timing Dial Labeled for C.W. Rotation |
| 1980R-103-X-DP-R-X-5-L7 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-103-X-DP-R-X-5-L7
Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
3 = 3 Cams / Circuits / Switches
X = No Shaft Extension Opposite Gear Box
DP = Double Pole Double Throw Switches
X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided
R = Right Angle Gear Reducer
5 = 5 to 1 Gear Ratio
L7 = Left End Shaft Location, Position 7 |
| 1980R-104-L-2-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-104-L-2-SP-TD1
Series 1980R Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell with Resolver Output
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
2 = Standard Output Compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver # 04535076
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
TD1 = Timing Dial labeled for C.W. Rotation
(20LBS) |
| 1980R-104-L-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-104-L-SP-X
Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
04 = 4 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches
X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided |
| 1980R-104-R-2-SP-TD1 |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-104-R-2-SP-TD1
1980R= Series 1980 with Resolver Output
1 = NEMA 1 Enclosure
4 = 4 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
2 = Standard Output Compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver # 04535076
SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches
TD1 = Timing Dial for C.W. Rotation
(20LBS) |
| 1980R-1203-L-2-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-104-L-2-SP-TD1
Series 1980R Cam Box featuring cams with Adjustable Timing & Dwell with Resolver Output
1 = NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure
03 = 3 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
L = Left Hand Shaft Extension
2 = Standard Output Compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver # 04535076
SP = SPDT Switches / Single Pole Double Throw, Snap Action, U.L. Listed Switches which can be wired for either a Normally Open or a Normally Closed Circuit. 4 screw terminals per switch
X = No Timing Dial
(20LBS) |
| 1980R-1212-R-SP-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-1212-R-SP-X
Series 1980R, Standard Resolver Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver # 04535001
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
12 = 12 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
SP = Single Pole Double Throw Switches
X = No Timing Dial or Timing Dial Window is to be provided |
| 1980R-416-R-DP-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Rotating Cam Limit Switch with Resolver Model 1980R-416-R-DP-R-X
1980R= Series 1980 with Resolver Output
4 = NEMA 4 Enclosure
16 = 16 Cams / Circuits / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
DP = Double Pole Double Throw Switches
R = Rubber Boot on Switch Plunger Option
X = No Timing Dial
|
| 1983-1202-R-HI-A-X |
Ametek Gemco Optical Coupler Rotating Cam Limit Switch model 1983-1202-R-HI-A-X
Series 1983
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
02 = 2 Circuits / Cam / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
HI = High Power Optical Switch with plug in socket for either AC or DC Opto 22 solid state relays
A = OAC Output with AC Output 120 Volt AC at 3 AMPS RMS
X = No Timing Dial is to be supplied |
| 1983-1202-R-L1-X |
Ametek Gemco Optical Coupler Rotating Cam Limit Switch model 1983-1202-R-L1-X
Series 1983
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
02 = 2 Circuits / Cam / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
L1 = Low Power Optical Switch 3 to 30 VDC with Optically Isolated Outputs 100mA Max. No output relays are provided
X = No Timing Dial is to be supplied |
| 1983-1204-R-HI-D-X |
Ametek Gemco Optical Coupler Rotating Cam Limit Switch model 1983-1204-R-HI-D-X
Series 1983
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
04 = 4 Circuits / Cam / Switches
R = Right Hand Shaft Extension
HI = High Power Optical Switch with plug in socket for either AC or DC Opto 22 solid state relays
D = ODC Output with DC output 0 - 60 Volt DC at 3 Amps RMS
X = No Timing Dial is to be supplied |
| 1983-1456 |
Ametek Gemco Optical Coupler Rotating Cam Limit Switch model 1983-1456
Series 1983
12 = NEMA 12 Enclosure
4 Low Power Optical Switches SD0310700
4 Hi Power Optical Switches SD0312400
Right Hand Shaft Extension 8/7 |
| 1986-1536 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver Series 1986 Same as 1986B-1-X-R-X
B = 2.25 Inch Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Diameter Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules
X = Single Turn Resolver. No Gear Reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No Options
1/7 |
| 1986-1548 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
S = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
S = Side Mount Connector
X = No other options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max
Current # 1986A-1-X-S-X
(13LBS) 1/7 |
| 1986-1644A |
Ametek Gemco Engineered part number for a ''special'' or OEM Product. This is a 1980-R-104-L-SP-X with the ''Add a Cam'' feature. Add A Cam includes additional space in the enclosure for one more Circuit / Cam / Switch which the OEM or End User could use for some additional control. One of the 4 cams is 45 degrees. OEM EW Bliss 1992 |
| 1986-1669 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-1GR02-S-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR02 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 2 to 1 Gear Ratio
S = Side Mount / Right Angle Connector
X = No exposure options
Angle Position Code 3798 Part No 79507 1/7 |
| 1986-1681 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Replaced by 1986A-1-GR300-R-X
1/7 |
| 1986-1764 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Special 2.06'' Flange Mount Resolver with side mount electrical connector & C&A Wiring (8LBS) |
| 1986-1781A |
Ametek Gemco Resolver Assembly, AMCI Comp, Single Turn, was 19861781 |
| 1986-1834 |
Ametek Gemco |
| 1986-1933 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver see 1986A-1-GR16-R-X
1/7 |
| 1986-1993 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Same as 1986A-2-GR14-R-X
1986A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Diameter Input Shaft
2 = Special output compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver 04535076
GR14 = Single Turn Resolver, Internal Precision Gear Reducer with a 14 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector wired to match AMCI
X = No other options
6 Weeks to ship
1/7 |
| 1986-2004 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver for use in limited space applications
2.06 Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Input shaft
Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
Side Mount Connector
No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Maximum RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 45 LBS Maximum
Shaft Loading Radial 45 LBS Maximum
2 Weeks (4LBS) Same as 1986C-X-S-X |
| 1986-2053 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Similar to a 1986B-1-GR7-R-X with a Flat Shaft Extension
1986B = 2.25 Inch Square Flange Mount. 3/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules Resolver # 04535001
GR = Single turn resolver with internal gear reducer
7 = 7 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = no other options |
| 1986-2097 |
Ametek Gemco 1986 Resolver. Dual Resolver Geared to 1 :1 with each Resolver Wired to a 10 Pin MS Connector |
| 1986-XXXX |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Similar to 1986I-1-X-S-X except with a 10 Pin MS Connector on the back side of the cover. An engineered part number will be assigned at time of any order |
| 1986A-1-D1-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-D1-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
D1 = 64 Turn Dual Resolver. (outputs 1 & 2 only)
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No other options |
| 1986A-1-GR03-R-E |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-GR03-R-E
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR03 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 3 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
E = Stainless Steel Input Shaft and Corrosion Resistant Epoxy Coating on all exposed metal
Corrosion Resistant Epoxy Coating on all exposed metal
|
| 1986A-1-GR10-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR10 = Single Turn Resolver with internal gear reducer 10 to 1 Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max |
| 1986A-1-GR16-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-GR16-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR16 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 16 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No exposure options |
| 1986A-1-GR18-B60-PSA |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-1-GR18-B60-PSA
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR18 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 18 to 1 Gear Ratio
B60 = Side Exit Potted Pigtail with Bare Leads by 60 Foot Long
P = Additional Protective Shaft Seal for high pressure wash down environments
SA = All Stainless Steel Construction for mounting configuration ''A'' Includes Stainless Steel Mounting Foot
|
| 1986A-1-GR2-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986. Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft. Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Single Turn Resolver with internal gear reducer 2 to 1 Ratio. Standard Rear Mount Connector |
| 1986A-1-GR20-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-GR20-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR20 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 20 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No exposure options |
| 1986A-1-GR300-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Replacement for resolver 1986-1681 Change made to gearing. Precision anti-backlash gears for better accuracy. Replacement is bolt in identical except for being about 1 inch shorter in length
1986A-1-GR300-R-X
Series 1986A = Standard Foot Mount, 3/4 Inch Input Shaft Dia
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules
GR300 = Single Turn Resolver with internal gear reducer 300 to 1 ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No other options
(10LBS) |
| 1986A-1-GR40-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-GR40-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR40 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 40 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No exposure options |
| 1986A-1-GR42-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-GR16-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR40 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 40 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No exposure options |
| 1986A-1-GR58-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-GR58-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output, compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR58 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer with a 58 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No exposure options |
| 1986A-1-X-R-E |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver.
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
E = Stainless Steel Input Shaft and corrosion resistant epoxy coating on all exposed metal
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max |
| 1986A-1-X-R-X-S30R |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
SD = Straight Drive Gear Reducer
30 = 30 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Shaft on Right Side
|
| 1986A-1-X-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
S = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
S = Side Mount Connector
X = No other options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max
Was 1986-1548
(13LBS) |
| 1986A-2-D1-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
1986A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Diameter Input Shaft
2 = Special output compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver 04535076
D1 = 64 Turn Dual Turn Resolver (outputs 1 and 2 only)
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector wired to match AMCI
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max |
| 1986A-2-GR14-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
1986A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Diameter Input Shaft
Same as a AME-1986-1993
2 = Special output compatible with AMCI resolver input devices. Resolver 04535076
GR14 = Single Turn Resolver, Internal Precision Gear Reducer with a 14 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector wired to match AMCI
X = No other options
6 Weeks to ship |
| 1986A-2-X-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
2 = Special Output Compatible with AMCI Resolver Input Devices, Resolver # 04535076
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max
(6LBS) |
| 1986A-4-GR03-R-SA |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver.
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
4 = Special Output compatible with Modiconmotion cards. Resolver # 04535076
GR03 = Single Turn Resolver with internal gear reducer 3 to 1 ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
SA = All Stainless Steel Construction for mounting configuration ''A'' Includes Stainless Steel Mounting Foot
NEMA 4 Enclosure
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max |
| 1986A-DN-GR09-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-DN-GR09-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
DN = DeviceNet Output. Resolver 04535001
GR09 = Single turn resolver with internal gear reducer 9 to 1 ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector, only type available for DeviceNet
X = No other options
(7LBS) |
| 1986A-DN-GR6-1-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-DN-GR6-1-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
DN = DeviceNet Output. Resolver 04535001 (rear connector only
GR06 = Single turn resolver with internal gear reducer 6 to 1 ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No other options
(10LBS) |
| 1986A-DN-X-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986A-DN-X-R-X
A = Standard Foot Mount 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
DN = DeviceNet Output. Resolver 04535001
X = Single turn resolver
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector, only type available for DeviceNet
X = No other options
(7LBS) |
| 1986A1XRX |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
A = Standard Foot Mount with a 3/4 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max
Same as SD0284C & SD0284200
(6LBS) |
| 1986B-1-GR7-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver 1986B-1-GR7-R-X
1986B = 2.25 Inch Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules Resolver # 04535001
GR = Single turn resolver with internal gear reducer
7 = 7 to 1 Gear Ratio
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = no other options |
| 1986B1XRX |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986
B = 2.25 Inch Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Diameter Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules
X = Single Turn Resolver. No Gear Reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No Options |
| 1986C-1-GR20-S-S |
Ametek Gemco Resolver for Absolute Rotary Sensing on the most demanding applications
C = 2.06 Inch Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Diameter Input shaft
1 = Standard Output compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules & Autotech. Gemco 04535001
GR20 = Gear Reducer with a 20 to 1 Gear Ratio
S = Side Mount Connector
S = Stainless Steel Construction. Includes Input Shaft, Bearing Housing & Can Assembly |
| 1986C-1-X-R-P |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
C = 2.06 Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Input shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
P = Additional Protective Shaft Seal for High Pressure Wash Down Applications
Enclosure NEMA 4
Maximum RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 45 LBS Maximum
Shaft Loading Radial 45 LBS Maximum
(4LBS) |
| 1986C-1-X-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver for use in limited space applications
C = 2.06 Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Input shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Maximum RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 45 LBS Maximum
Shaft Loading Radial 45 LBS Maximum
2 Weeks (4LBS) |
| 1986C-1-X-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver for use in limited space applications
C = 2.06 Square Flange Mount with a 3/8 Inch Input shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
S = Side Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Maximum RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 45 LBS Maximum
Shaft Loading Radial 45 LBS Maximum
2 Weeks (4LBS) Same as 1986-2004 |
| 1986D-1-X-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Inline Resolver. 2.50 Inch Face Mount. 5/8 Inch Input Shaft |
| 1986E-1-D2-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver 1986E-1-D2-R-X
E = 100mm Face Mount with a 5/8 Inch Diameter Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules. Resolver part 04535001
D2 = 128 Turn Dual Resolver. Outputs 1 and 2 only
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No other options |
| 1986F-1-X-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver.
F = 2.50 Inch Square Flange Mount with a 5/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 13
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 200 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 400 LBS Max |
| 1986F-2-X-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
F = 2.50 Inch Square Flange Mount with a 5/8 Inch Input Shaft
2 = Special Output Compatible with AMCI Resolver Input Device, Resolver# 04535076
X = Single Turn Resolver, No gear reducer
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 13
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 200 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 400 LBS Max |
| 1986G-1-GR40-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver Series 1986
G = 3 X 4 & 3/4 Inch Square Flange Mount, 5/8 Inch Input Shaft, NEMA 13
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules
GR40 = Gear Reducer Ratio of 40 to 1
CE Approval
S = Side Mount Connector
X = No other options |
| 1986G-1-GR60-S-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Series 1986 Industrial Duty Inline Resolver
G = 3'' X 4-3/4 Inch Square Flange Mount with a 5/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output Compatible with all Gemco Electronic Modules, Resolver # 04535001
GR06 = Single Turn Resolver with internal gear reducer 6 to 1 Ratio
S = Side Mount Connector
X = No options
R = Standard Rear Mount Connector
X = No options
Enclosure NEMA 4
Max RPM 5000
Shaft Loading Axial 150 LBS Max
Shaft Loading Radial 100 LBS Max |
| 1986H2D3SX |
Ametek Gemco Resolver. Servo Mount 1/4 Inch Diameter Input Shaft |
| 1986MD-1-AL-1-T1 |
Ametek Gemco Mill Duty Resolver Housing
Series 1986 model 1986MD-1-AL-1-T1
MD = Mill Duty Housing
1 = 1/4 Inch Plate Steel Housing with plate steel bolted cover sized for single turn resolver
AL = Standard 3/4 Inch Input Shaft exiting Left End of Housing
1 = Standard 1 to 1 Gearing, between input shaft & resolver
T1 = Resolver is wired to a terminal strip inside the housing |
| 1986XP-1-D1 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986XP-1-D1
XP = Expolsion Proof Resolver
4.5 Inch Square Mounting
3/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output compatible with all Gemco electronic modules. Resolver # 04535001
D1 = 64 turn Dual Resolver (outputs 1 & 2 only)
UL Listed E10493
CSA Certified LR27991
Compliance:
NEC Class 1, Div 1, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30
|
| 1986XP-1-GR10 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986XP-1-GR10
XP = Expolsion Proof Resolver
4.5 Inch Square Mounting
3/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output compatible with all Gemco electronic modules. Resolver # 04535001
GR10 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer 10 to 1 Ratio
UL Listed E10493
CSA Certified LR27991
Compliance:
NEC Class 1, Div 1, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30
|
| 1986XP-1-GR12 |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986XP-1-GR12
XP = Explosion Proof Resolver
4.5 Inch Square Mounting
3/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output compatible with all Gemco electronic modules. Resolver # 04535001
GR10 = Single Turn Resolver with Internal Gear Reducer 12 to 1 Ratio
UL Listed E10493
CSA Certified LR27991
Compliance:
NEC Class 1, Div 1, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30 |
| 1986XP-1-X |
Ametek Gemco Resolver
Series 1986 model 1986XP-1-X
XP = Expolsion Proof Resolver
4.5 Inch Square Mounting
3/8 Inch Input Shaft
1 = Standard Output compatible with all Gemco electronic modules. Resolver # 04535001
X = Single Turn Resolver. No Gear reducer
UL Listed E10493
CSA Certified LR27991
Compliance:
NEC Class 1, Div 1, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
CSA Standard C22.2 No. 30
(10LBS) |
| 1989-1540A |
Ametek Gemco PLS. Series 1989 Quik-Set III Multi Turn Programmable Limit Switch. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Triac Output Module. |
| 1989-1836 |
Ametek Gemco PLS Module |
| 1989-1848 |
Ametek Gemco Quik-Set III CPU Module with Reset & Binary Output (6LBS) |
| 1989-1850 |
Ametek Gemco 1989 Quick Set III, a special 4 Digit engineered part number would be established at the time of any order. This special system would be similar to a 1989A16R12SEA3MC12AC but will have 4 motion detectors. This system will be for a single turn resolver and offer 12 solid state programmable outputs and 4 programmable motion detectors and one fault check relay, multi-program and a 4-20mA output of position or velocity all mounted in a NEMA 12 enclosure 12/7 |
| 1989-A-16-R-12-S-C-K-X |
Ametek Gemco Quik-Set III Multi Turn Programmable Limit Switch |
| 1989-A-16-R-12-S-E-K-R-X |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch
16 Circuit Quik-Set III with Standard Output Package
1989-A-16-R-12-S-E-K-R-X
A = Complete System CPU and Keyboard
16 = 16 Output Circuits
R = Resolver Input
12 = 12 Bit Resolution, up to 4,096 Positions
S = Single Turn Resolver
E = Current Sinking Output. (use with Gemco output modules)
K = Standard Option Package includes: O (remote preset to reset)
U (selectable speed offset, 4 step)
M (multiprogam)
C (fault check)
R = Remote Serial Display RS422 Transmitter (requires display)
X = No Output Module Package
|
| 1989-A-16-R-14-64-E |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch
16 Circuit Quik-Set III with Special Options
1989-A-16-R-14-64-E-R
A = Complete System CPU and Keyboard
16 = 16 Output Circuits
R = Resolver Input
14 = 14 Bit Resolution, up to 16,384 Positions, R Input Only
64 = 64 Turn Dual Resolver
E = Current Sinking Output (use with Gemco output modules)
|
| 1989-A-16-R-14-64-E-R |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch
16 Circuit Quik-Set III with Special Options
1989-A-16-R-14-64-E-R
A = Complete System CPU and Keyboard
16 = 16 Output Circuits
R = Resolver Input
14 = 14 Bit Resolution, up to 16,384 Positions, R Input Only
64 = 64 Turn Dual Resolver
E = Current Sinking Output (use with Gemco output modules)
R = Remote Serial Display RS422 Transmitter (Display Required) any two options max. |
| 1989-A-32-R-12-S-E-M |
Ametek Gemco Quik-Set II Multiturn PLS
1989-A-32-R-12-S-E-M
A = Complete system CPU and Keypad
32 = 32 Output Circuits
R = Resolver Input
12 = 12 Bit resolution / 4,096 Positions
S = Single Turn Resolver
E = Program Output Current Sinking
M = Multi-program |
| 1989-A-48-R-12-128-E-A3-C |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch. Quik-set III Multiturn
1989-A-48-R-12-128-E-A3-C
A = Complete System CPU & Keypad
48 = 40 Output Circuits. 2 Additional 16 Circuit Output Modules are required
R = Resolver Input
12 = 12 Bit Resolution / 4,096 Positions per Turn
128 = 128 Turn Resolver
E = Current Sinking, Program Output
A3 = Analog Output 4 to 20 mA, any two options maximum
C = Fault Check Relay |
| 1989-A-48-R-12-S-E-O |
Ametek Gemco Quik-Set II Multiturn PLS
1989-A-48-R-12-S-E-O
A = Complete system CPU and Keypad
48 = 48 Output Circuits
R = Resolver Input
12 = 12 Bit resolution / 4,096 Positions
S = Single Turn Resolver
E = Program Output Current Sinking
O = Remote Preset to Reset |
| 1989-CA-16-R-12-S-E-H-R |
Ametek Gemco Quik-Set III Multi Turn Programmable Limit Switch
AME-1989-CA-16-R-12-S-E-H-R |
| 1989-CA-16-R-12-S-E-R |
Ametek Gemco Quik-Set III Multi Turn Programmable Limit Switch
AME-1989-CA-16-R-12-S-E-R |
| 1989-CA-16-R12-S-E-H-RMO |
Ametek Gemco CPU Module for a 1989 Quik-Set III PLS
Part AME-1989-CA-16-R12-S-E-H-RMO
CA = CPU module Only, no Keypad
16 = 16 Output Circuits
R = Resolver Input
12 = 12 Bit Resolution, 4,096 Positions
S = Single Turn Resolver
E = Current Sinking
H = RS232 Transceiver
R = Remote Serial Display RS422 Transmitter
M = Multi-Program
O = Remote Reset to Preset |
| 1989-CA-48-R-12-S-E-O |
Ametek Gemco Quik-Set II Multiturn PLS
1989-CA-48-R-12-S-E-O
CA = CPU Module Only, no Keypad
48 = 48 Output Circuits
R = Resolver Input
12 = 12 Bit resolution / 4,096 Positions
S = Single Turn Resolver
E = Program Output Current Sinking
O = Remote Preset to Reset |
| 1989-KP |
Ametek Gemco Keypad Assembly for a 1989 Quik Set III 6/7 |
| 1989-O-115-A-E |
Ametek Gemco Output Module Assembly
115 = 115 Volt AC, 50 - 60 Hz
A = Solid State Triac, 3 AMP., 280 Volt AC Maximum
E = with Gemco Enclosure |
| 1989-O-115-A-R-S |
Ametek Gemco Output Module. 16 Circuit High Power Output Module with Power Supply & 6 Foot Cable (when ordered separately)
115 = 115 Volt AC 50 - 60 Hz
A = Solid state Triac 3 AMP, 280 Volt AC Maximum
R = Reset to Preset or Brake Monitor Input
S = Standard Panel Mount |
| 1989-O-115-M-C-S |
Ametek Gemco Output Module for use with 1989 Quik-Set III Multiturn PLS
1989-O-115-M-C-S
16 Circuit High Power Output Module which includes the Power Supply and a 6 Foot Connection Cable
115 = 115 Volt AC, 50 - 60 Hz. Input
M = Mechanical Relays, SPDT / Single Pole Double Throw, 10 AMP
C = Fault Check Relay Option
S = Standard Panel Mount |
| 1989-O-115-M-S |
Ametek Gemco Module. 16 Circuit High Power Output Module with Power Supply with 6 Foot Cable (when ordered separately)
115 = 115 Volt AC, 50 - 60 Hz
M = Mechanical relay SPDT 10 AMP
S = Standard Panel Mount
No output module options |
| 1990DN-PLS8-X |
Ametek Gemco Interface. DeviceNet Resolver Interface Module. Plugs in as a Node on a Control System or DeviceNet Scanner Card. Continues rotary position data is provided with 23-Bit Resolution. Eight built in user programmable set points allow direct control of critical functions. All programming is done over the DeviceNet Network |
| 1992-E-R-X-X-X |
Ametek Gemco Press-Set Automation Controller. Press-Set System: Controller Output Module with Integral Cable Assembly
1992-E-R-X-X-X
E = Current Sinking Digital Output Code Format
R = Ram Adjust Software, hardware ordered separately
X = Controller Only
X = Controller Only, controller accepts 80 - 240 VAC 50/60 Hz, Output module must be specified with an input voltage
X = Enclosure, None / Standard |
| 1992-E-X-16M-1-X |
Ametek Gemco Press-Set Automation Controller. Press-Set System: Controller Output Module with Integral Cable Assembly
1992-E-X-16M-1-X
E = Current Sinking Digital Output Code Format
X = Standard Software
16M = 16 Mechanical Relay S.P.D.T. 10 AMP, standard
1 = Input Voltage for the output module, 115 VAC 50/60 Hz. standard
X = Enclosure, None / Standard |
| 1995-1446 |
Ametek Gemco Display. Remote Circular Display for the 1992 Press-Set Controller |
| 1995-1512 |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch. Micro-Set Series 1995 PLS Programmer with Brake Monitor & Lockout Security Software |
| 1995-A-6M-P-X |
Ametek Gemco Micro-Set Programmable Limit Switch. Standard Micro-set PLS-Resolver Input. 1995A-6M-P-X
1995A Micro-set PLS Programmer with Reset & Motion Detect
6M = Qty. 6, Mechanical Relay SPDT 10 AMP
P = Special Software with MultiprogramSpeed Offset and Time Based Outputs to standard software features
X - Open Chassis - No Enclosure |
| 1995-A-6M-X-12A |
Ametek Gemco Micro-Set Programmable Limit Switch. Standard Micro-set PLS-Resolver Input. 1995A-6M-X-12A
1995A + Micro-set PLS Programmer with Reset & Motion Detect.
6M = Qty. 6, Mechanical Relay SPDT 10 AMP
X = Standard Software
12A = NEMA 12 Enclosure. (programmer only) |
| 1995-A-6M-X-12B-E6M |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-A-6M-X-12B-E6M
Micro-Set Series 1995 PLS Programmer with Reset to Preset & Motion Detect
A = Resolver Input only
6M = Qty. 6 Mechanical Output Relays SPDT @ 10 Amp
X =Standard Software
12B = NEMA 12 Enclosure with room for 2 Expansion Modules
E6M = Factory Mounted Expansion Module with 6 Mechanical Relays. SPDT @ 10 AMP
|
| 1995-A-6M-X-X |
Ametek Gemco Micro Set Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-A-6M-X-X with Reset to Preset & Motion Detect
A = Resolver Input Only
6M = 6 Mechanical Output Relays. Single Pole Double Throw, 10 AMP
X = Standard Software
X = Open Chassis - No Enclosure expansion modules ordered separately
(6LBS) |
| 1995-B-6M-P-12A |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-B-6M-P-12A
Micro-Set Series 1995 PLS Programmer with Reset to Preset & Motion Detect
B = Resolver Input with Brake Monitor 6M = Qty. 6 Mechanical Output Relays SPDT @ 10 Amp
P = Special Software adds multiprogram speed offset & time based outputs to standard software features
12A = NEMA 12- Programmer Only |
| 1995-B-6M-P-12B-E06M |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-B-6M-P-12B-E6M
Micro-Set Series 1995 PLS Programmer with Reset to Preset & Motion Detect
B = Resolver Input with Brake Monitor
6M = Qty. 6 Mechanical Output Relays SPDT @ 10 Amp
P = Special Software adds multiprogram speed offset & time based outputs to standard software features
12B = NEMA 12 Enclosure with room for 2 Expansion Modules
E6M = Factory Mounted Expansion Module with 6 Mechanical Relays. SPDT @ 10 AMP
|
| 1995-B-6M-P-X |
Ametek Gemco Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-B-6M-P-X
Micro-Set Series 1995 PLS Programmer with Reset to Preset & Motion Detect
B = Resolver Input with Brake Monitor
6M = Qty. 6 Mechanical Output Relays SPDT @ 10 Amp
P = Special Software adds multiprogram speed offset & time based outputs to standard software features
X = Open Chassis - No Enclosure. expansion modules ordered separately
(6LBS) |
| 1995-B-6M-X-X |
Ametek Gemco Micro-Set Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-B-6M-X-X with Reset to Preset & Motion Detect
B = Resolver Input with Brake Monitor
6M = 6 Mechanical Relays, SPDT 10 AMP
X = Standard Software
X = Open Chassis - No Enclosure, expansion modules ordered separately
(6LBS) |
| 1995-E-3A3D-6 |
Ametek Gemco Expansion Modules for the 1995 PLS.
3A3D = Output Relays, Qty 3 AC @ 1 AMP 70 - 250 Volt & Qty 3 DC @ 2 AMP 5 - 60 Volt
6 = 6 Foot Cable Length, Maximum Length 300 Feet
Maximum of 4 Output Modules per PLS |
| 1995-E-6M-6 |
Ametek Gemco Output Expansion Module 1995-E-6M-6 with 6 Mechanical Relays, SPDT @ 10 AMP. Standard Cable 6 Foot long. Over 6 foot add $ 1.00 / foot and change last digit (2LBS) |
| 1995-L-6M-P-12A |
Ametek Gemco Micro Set Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-L-6M-P-12A with reset to Preset & Motion Detect
L = Linear input Only
6M = Qty. 6, Mechanical Output Relays. Single Pole Double Throw, 10 AMP
P = Special Software. Adds Multiprogram Speed Offset and Time Based Outputs to the Standard Software
12A = NEMA 12 Enclosure for the programmer only |
| 1995-L-6M-X-12A |
Ametek Gemco Micro Set Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-L-6M-X-12A with reset to Preset & Motion Detect
L = Linear input Only
6M = Qty. 6, Mechanical Output Relays. Single Pole Double Throw, 10 AMP
X = Standard Software
12A = NEMA 12 Enclosure for the programmer only |
| 1995-L-6M-X-X |
Ametek Gemco Micro Set Programmable Limit Switch model 1995-L-6M-X-X with Reset to Preset & Motion Detect
L = Linear input Only
6M = Mechanical Output Relays. Single Pole Double Throw, 10 AMP
X = Standard Software
X = Open Chassis - No Enclosure (expansion modules ordered separately) |
| 19951446 |
Ametek Gemco Display. Series 1995 Rotary Remote Display. 3/4 Inch L.E.D. Digital Display that also has an L.E.D. Bars every 10 Degrees in a Circular pattern / display. Center Digital Display can indicate either Position or RPM. Ideal for mechanical stamping presses and shears. Display can be mounted up to 1000 feet from programmer |
| 1996C-RSA-12 |
Ametek Gemco Ram-Set Press Shut Height Control. Ram-Set Controller with Output Board, Standard Software and Binary Output. The Ram-Set allows you to automate the shut height adjustment process. Consistently Set Shut Height to + or - .002 Inches. Stores up to 500 Die Numbers and Shut Height Values. For use on single or double action presses
RSA = RS485 Communcation
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
|
| 1996C-X-12 |
Ametek Gemco Ram-Set Press Shut Height Control. Ram-Set Controller with Output Board, Standard Software and Binary Output. The Ram-Set allows you to automate the shut height adjustment process. Consistently Set Shut Height to + or - .002 Inches. Stores up to 500 Die Numbers and Shut Height Values. For use on single or double action presses
X = No RS485 Communication
12 = NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
|
| 1996C-X-X |
Ametek Gemco Ram-Set Press Shut Height Control. Ram-Set Controller with Output Board, Standard Software and Binary Output. X = no options or enclosure. The Ram-Set allows you to automate the shut height adjustment process. Consistently Set Shut Height to + or - .002 Inches. Stores up to 500 Die Numbers and Shut Height Values. For use on single or double action presses. |
| 1997-1447 |
Ametek Gemco Gate Hoist Cam Box. 4 Circuit. Right End Input Shaft |
| 1997-1448 |
Ametek Gemco Gate Hoist Cam Box. 4 Circuit. Left End Input Shaft |
| 1999-Re-Calibrate |
Ametek Gemco Re-Calibration |
| 1999-SEM |
Ametek Gemco Semelex II Safetimeter. Test Set for full and part revolution clutches. Includes Meter, Position / Velocity Transducer, Autohand and Accessories |
| 1999OPT5YRWRNTY |
Ametek Gemco Optional 5 Year Limited Warranty. Includes 4 Annual Re-Calibrations. Shipping costs are not included |
| 2000-100B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
1000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 1000 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 10
Maximum switch setting @ 920
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-101B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 5 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-102B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Qty. 4, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 10 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. (6LBS) |
| 2000-103B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8th
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-104B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 30 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-105B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 38 Turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-106B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 50 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. (6 LBS) |
| 2000-107B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 57 & 1/2 Turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-108B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 80 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-109B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 100 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-10B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/8
Maximum switch setting @ 18 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-110B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
250 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 250 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 2
Maximum switch setting @ 234 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1112B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 500 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-1113B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
150 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 150 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 4
Maximum switch setting @ 135 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1116B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
300 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 300 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 6 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 265 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1117B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 300 to 1 Ratio, 4 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 7 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. 2 LBS. |
| 2000-1118B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
600 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 600 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 16
Maximum switch setting @ 555
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1119B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 600 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. (6LBS) |
| 2000-111B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 500 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-1122B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
2000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 2000 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated, Cast Aluminum, Red Finish Enclosure, Watertight
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1125B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 4000 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 2000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
4000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 4000 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated, Cast Aluminum, Red Finish Enclosure, Watertight
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1128B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 4000 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 2000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5333.3 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5333.3 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated, Cast Aluminum, Red Finish Enclosure, Watertight
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-112B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 4 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. (6LBS) |
| 2000-1130B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
150 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 150 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 4
Maximum switch setting @ 135 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-1131B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
150 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 150 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 4
Maximum switch setting @ 135 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1132B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 150 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed D.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 135 Input shaft Turns. 4 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-1133B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
300 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 300 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 6 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 265 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-1134B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
300 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 300 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 6 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 265 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1135B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 300 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed D.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 265 Input shaft Turns. 6 & 1/2 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-1136B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
600 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 600 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 16
Maximum switch setting @ 555 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-1137B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
600 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 600 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 16
Maximum switch setting @ 555 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1138B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 600 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed D.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 555 Input shaft Turns. 16 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-1139B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
2000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 2000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-1140B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 2 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (D.P.D.T.) 2000 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. (6LBS) |
| 2000-1142B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
2000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 2000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 29
Maximum switch setting @ 920 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-1145B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5333.3 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5333.3 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 29
Maximum switch setting @ 920 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-115B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 Turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance |
| 2000-116B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 38
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-118B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 50 to 1 Ratio, 4 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 7 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. 2 LBS. |
| 2000-11B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
30 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 30 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 28 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1205 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
This specially engineered switch has Non Standard Cams which allow the switch contacts to be opened for 54 or 306 Degrees. Dependent on whether it is wired for normally open or closed circuits. Standard is 25 or 335 degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8th
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1206 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch with an Engineered Part Number
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
Non-Standard Cams S69A allow switch contacts to be opened for 90 or 270 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8th
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-121B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 100 to 1 Ratio, 4 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 7 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. 2 LBS. |
| 2000-122B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 250 to 1 Ratio, 4 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 7 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. 2 LBS. |
| 2000-1233 |
Ametek Gemco 1/8 |
| 2000-1234 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Qty. 2, Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees
Qty. 2, Non-Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 90 or 270 Degrees
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8th
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1235 |
Ametek Gemco 2000 Series Geared Limit Switch. NEMA 1 Enclosure. 50 to 1 Gear Ratio. Single S55, 25 Degree Cam Bottom circuit. Without an electrical switch. This was manufactured for an OEM who probably modified this unit as it does not have a switch (3LBS) 1/7 |
| 2000-124B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio, Qty. 4, Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Switches, Single Pole Double Throw S.P.D.T., NEMA 7 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance (6LBS) |
| 2000-1256 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Series 2000 Worm Gear Type, 100 to 1 Ratio, 2 Cam, U.L. Listed Snap Action Switches, S.P.S.T. Single Pole Single Throw, NEMA 1 & 12 Fibralloy Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. (2 LBS) Old Price |
| 2000-1271 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 37 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
Like a 2000-4B has an Engineered Part Number for a Special Shaft & Bracket
(3LBS) 1/8 |
| 2000-129B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
150 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 150 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch, 4
Maximum switch setting @ 135 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-12B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 37 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-130B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
300 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 300 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch, 6 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 265 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-131B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 600 to 1 Gear Ratio, Qty. 2, Circuits / Cams / switches. Precision Snap Action Switches are Single Pole Double Throw / S.P.D.T. , NEMA 12 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance (3LBS) |
| 2000-132B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 150 to 1 Ratio, 2 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 4 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. 2 LBS. |
| 2000-133B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
300 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 300 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 6 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 265 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-134B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
600 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 600 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 16
Maximum switch setting @ 555 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-135B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 150 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed S.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 135 Input shaft Turns. 4 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-137B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8
Maximum switch setting @ 4 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-138B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
10 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 10 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 9 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-139B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 37 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-13B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
50 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 50 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 46 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-140B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
250 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 250 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 6
Maximum switch setting @ 237 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-141B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
500 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 500 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 15 & 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 460 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-142B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
1000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 1000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 29
Maximum switch setting @ 920 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-145B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/8
Maximum switch setting @ 4 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-146B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
10 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 10 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 9 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-147B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 19 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-148B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Qty. 2, Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. UL Listed Precision Snap Action Switches, Double Pole Double Throw / D.P.D.T. that can be wired either Normally Open or Normally Closed. 30 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 4 Cast Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. Standard Dwell Cams of 25 Degrees, other dwells are available (6LBS) |
| 2000-149B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 2 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (D.P.D.T.) 40 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-14B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 58 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-150B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Standard 2 Cam / Circuit / Switch with Double Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (D.P.D.T.) 50 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. 2 LBS. 6 LBS Gross |
| 2000-151B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 58 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-152B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
80 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 80 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1 & 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 75 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-153B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
100 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 100 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 2
Maximum switch setting @ 95 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-154B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
250 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 250 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 6
Maximum switch setting @ 237 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-155B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
500 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 500 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 15 & 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 460 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-156B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
1000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 1000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 29
Maximum switch setting @ 920 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-159B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
Turns required to reset switch 1/8
Maximum switch setting @ 4 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-15B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
80 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 80 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 77 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-160B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
10 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 10 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 9 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-161B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 19 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-162B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
Turns required to reset switch 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 37 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-163B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
50 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 50 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
Turns required to reset switch 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 46 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-164B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 80 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed D.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 75 Input shaft Turns. 1 & 3/4 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-167B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 250 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed D.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 237 Input shaft Turns. 6 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-168B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 500 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed D.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 460 Input shaft Turns. 15 & 1/4 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-169B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed D.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 920 Input shaft Turns. 29 Turns to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-16B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
100 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 100 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 94 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-171B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
150 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 150 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 4
Maximum switch setting @ 135 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(5LBS) |
| 2000-174B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/16th
Maximum switch setting @ 4 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-175B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
10 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 10 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/16th
Maximum switch setting @ 9 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-176B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8th
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-177B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
30 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 30 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 28 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-17B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/16th
Maximum switch setting @ 4 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-180B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 57 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-181B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
80 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 80 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 76 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-182B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
100 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 100 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 96 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-183B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 250 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 12 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance (3LBS) |
| 2000-185B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 1000 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. 3 LBS Gross |
| 2000-1872 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Like 2000-818 Spur Gear Type for Ultra Sensitive Control of Small Increments of Motion
4, Special Cams with 54 Degrees of Dwell
4 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches
S.P.D.T. Snap Action U.L. Listed Switches # 04537004
Basic Switch Data see Table 2 Symbol C on Page 13
NEMA 12 Rated Die Cast Enclosure with Fibralloy Cover
2 to 1 Input Shaft Ratio, Every Two Turns of the Main Shaft the Cam Block Rotates Once
1/2 Inch Diameter Main Shaft which Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure
Includes Woodruff Keyway & a #404 Woodruff Key
3/4 -14 N.P.T. Electrical Entrance
(4LBS) 1/8 |
| 2000-1899 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Spur Gear Type. 3 Circuits / Cams / Switches. S.P.D.T. Switches with a NEMA 1 Enclosure. Special 54 degree Cams. |
| 2000-189B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
10 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 10 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/16th
Maximum switch setting @ 9 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-18B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 20 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed S.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM. Maximum setting at 18 Input shaft Turns. 1/8 Turn to Reset (6LBS) |
| 2000-190B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1/8th
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-191B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 30 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 4 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. |
| 2000-194B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 60 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches - 04537004,, NEMA 4 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance |
| 2000-195B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 80 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches - 04537004,, NEMA 4 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance |
| 2000-196B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 100 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches - 04537004, NEMA 4 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance |
| 2000-197B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
250 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 250 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 2
Maximum switch setting @ 234 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(5LBS) |
| 2000-198B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 500 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 4 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance |
| 2000-199B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 1000 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 4 Rated Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance (4LBS) |
| 2000-19B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
30 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 30 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 28 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-1B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/16th
Maximum switch setting @ 4 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-2003 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 15 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-2004 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 20 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-2005 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 30 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-2006 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (DPDT) Double Pole Double Throw Switches. 5 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS)
|
| 2000-2021 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 4 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 15 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (9LBS) |
| 2000-2025 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 156.25 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (9LBS) |
| 2000-2027 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 250 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-2030 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 500 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-2033 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (SPDT) Single Throw Double Pole Switches. 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-2046 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (DPDT) Double Throw Double Pole Switches. 625 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-2048 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Heavy Duty Geared Rotary Limit Switch for demanding applications which require trouble free performance. 2 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. Precision Snap Acting (DPDT) Double Throw Double Pole Switches. 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure Maximum speed 1800 RPM, Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. Steel & Bronze Gears. Designed to withstand Rapid Starting, Stopping, Shock & Vibration (8LBS) |
| 2000-20B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
A NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure is available at the same cost to meet Groups E,F & G. Specify NEMA 7 or 9 when placing any orders
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 37 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2106 |
Ametek Gemco Limit Switch. NEMA 4 Enclosure, 4 Circuit / Cams, 54 Degree Cams (special), S.P.D.T Switches. ( S0006800) Old Price |
| 2000-2141 |
Ametek Gemco Limit Switch. 4 Circuit, NEMA 1, 5 to 1 Gear Ratio, Larger SPDT Switches, 2 Standard 25 Degree Cams, 2 Special 180 Degree Cams. Similar to the 2000-89B except for two special cams and larger micro switches Old price |
| 2000-2143 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
5 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 5 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Special Non Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 54 or 306 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/16th
Maximum switch setting @ 4 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) 1/8 |
| 2000-2148 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
2000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 2000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
3 Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 Degrees. 1 Special 75 Degree Cam
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2179 |
Ametek Gemco Limit Switch
NEMA 4X Enclosure Bronze
2 Circuit
40 to 1 Gear Ratio
Standard Dwell Cams |
| 2000-2180 |
Ametek Gemco Limit Switch OBSOLETE Bronze housing is no longer available. See 2000-15B same configuration NEMA 4 Cast Iron Enclosure |
| 2000-2184 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 100 to 1 Ratio, 3 Independent Cams / Switches / Circuits. Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 4 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance This specially engineered unit has 1 Special Cam S68 at 54 Degrees per factory not S-84A which is 75 degrees. Also includes the physically larger micro-switches and a cover spacer to allow space for these larger switches (7LBS) Old price |
| 2000-21B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
50 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 50 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 46 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2229 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Engineered Part # for Shepard Niles
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
300 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 300 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Special S-68-A Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 54 or 306 Degrees, dependent on how the switches are wired
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) 1/8 |
| 2000-2235 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, NEMA 1 Enclosure, 600 to 1 ratio, 2 Circuit with special S68 Cams |
| 2000-2237 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 1000 to 1 Gear Ratio, Qty. 2, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches, S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Precision Snap Switches, NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure, Special Cams # S-68-A @ 54 Degrees, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft includes a # 404 Woodruff Key, 1/2 - 14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance (4LBS) |
| 2000-2248 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 10 to 1 Ratio, 2 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches 2, which are independently adjustable, NEMA 7, Hazardous Location,Cast Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. Max 18 turns to set switch, 1/8 turn to reset switch, Max. Operating Temp 180 F., This unit has optional 54 Degree Cams (2LBS) |
| 2000-2254 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Limit Switch built and sold exclusively by OEM Account. Altec Industries Inc. NEMA 1 , Rubber Gasket |
| 2000-2262 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Qty. 4, Non-Standard Cams, S0006900, which allow switch contacts to be opened for 90 or 270 Degrees
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8th
Maximum switch setting @ 19 & 1/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-22B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure, NEMA 9 same cost but must specify 9 at time of order
Turns required to reset switch 1 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 58 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-23B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
80 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 80 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure, NEMA 9 same cost but must specify 9 at time of order
Turns required to reset switch 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 77 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2401 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 100 to 1 Ratio, 3 Cam, Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. 3 LBS Gross Special, includes 2, 54 degree cams & 1, 25 Degree cam. Periods for which Switch Contacts are Opened or Closed. |
| 2000-2459 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Rotary Limit Switch (3LBS) Old Price |
| 2000-2463 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Non-Standard Cams S68A allow switch contacts to be opened for 54 or 306 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Enclosure
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-2479 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type with a 20 to 1 Gear Ratio. Qty. 2, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches. U.L. Listed Precision Snap Acting Switches, S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw which can be wired Normally Open or Normally Closed. Both Cams are part # S71A at 240 Degrees. NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. (6LBS) |
| 2000-2489 |
Ametek Gemco Limit Switch. Series 2000 Geared Rotary Limit Switch. 4 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches. SPDT Switches. 2000 to 1 Gear Ratio. NEMA 4 Enclosure. 5K pot and 1 of the four cams is S-0008400, a 75 degree cam Old price |
| 2000-2490 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Rotary Limit Switch. 4 Circuit / Cams. 2 Cams are Special 75 Degree Cams. 10 to 1 Gear Ratio with a NEMA 1 Enclosure (2LBS) |
| 2000-24B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
100 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 100 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Enclosure, NEMA 9 same cost but must specify 9 at time of order
Turns required to reset switch 3/4
Maximum switch setting @ 94 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2516 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 600 to 1 Gear Ratio, Qty. 2, Independent Cam / Circuit / Switches, S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 4 Rated Watertight Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
S0008700 Cams 150 or 210 Degree (3LBS) |
| 2000-2539 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Limit Switch. 6 Circuits / Cams / Switches. 250 Gear Ratio. NEMA 12 Enclosure. Single Pole Double Throw Switches (Licon) 25 Degree Cams Old price |
| 2000-2564 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Bronze Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 58 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Stainless Steel Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) 1/8 |
| 2000-2583 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 20 to 1 Ratio, 3 Independent Cams / Switches / Circuits. Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance. Special with all 90 Degree Cams S-69-A & Physically Larger Snap Switches (7LBS) Old price |
| 2000-2591 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Rotary Limit Switch
2000 = 2000 Series
2591 = Specially Engineered Product
3 Circuits
3 Special Cams having a Dwell of 90 Degrees
60 to 1 Gear Ratio
NEMA 1 Enclosure 1/8
|
| 2000-25B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Double Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 8 Screw Terminals per switch
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 19 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-2617 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Rotary Limit Switch. 5 Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. SPDT Licon Switches, 5 to 1 Gear Ratio, NEMA 1 Enclosure (4LBS) 1/6 |
| 2000-2634A |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
1000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 1000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. Form ''C'' 3 Screw Terminals. The common is shared by both contacts
2 Custom Engineered Cams with 130 Degrees of Dwell
1st Non-Standard Cam S-71-A allows one switch contact to be opened for 240 or 120 Degrees
2nd Non-Standard Cam S-86-A allows one switch contact to be opened for 135 or 225 Degrees
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 29
Maximum switch setting @ 920 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-2642 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
30 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 30 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
2 Special Cams with 30 degrees of dwell
1 Cam S70 with 180 degrees of dwell
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 28 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
Tall Cover
(4LBS) |
| 2000-264B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
10 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 10 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
A NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure is available at the same cost to meet Groups E,F & G. Specify NEMA 7 or 9 when placing any orders
Turns required to reset switch 1/16
Maximum switch setting @ 9 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-266B |
Ametek Gemco |
| 2000-267B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
40 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 40 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
A NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure is available at the same cost to meet Groups E,F & G. Specify NEMA 7 or 9 when placing any orders
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 38 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2687 |
Ametek Gemco Limit Switch. NEMA 4 Aluminum Enclosure, Resolver & Plug, 72 to 1 Ratio. |
| 2000-2701 |
Ametek Gemco Limit Switch with 300:1, NEMA 4, SPDT, cast iron enclosure, 2x586A cams. |
| 2000-2703 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears, Steel Cams and a Stainless Steel Shaft
10 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 10 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Fibralloy Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/16th
Maximum switch setting @ 9.5 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2704 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
30 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 30 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537004
1 Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees
2 Non-Standard Cams S68A allow switch contacts to be opened for 54 or 306 Degrees
NEMA 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 28 & 1/2 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-273B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
500 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 500 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 7 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations. Designed to meet the requirements of NEC code for Class 1, Group D
A NEMA 9 Rated Enclosure is available at the same cost to meet Groups E,F & G. Specify NEMA 7 or 9 when placing any orders
Turns required to reset switch 7
Maximum switch setting @ 460 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2757 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Rotary Limit Switch. 5 Independent Circuits / Cams / Switches in a NEMA 1 / 12 Enclosure with a 20 to 1 Gear Ratio and Single Pole Double Throw Precision Snap Action Switches. Cams = Qty. 4 Standard Cams S0005500 @ 25 Degrees & Qty. 1, Special Cam @ S0007000 180 Degrees |
| 2000-2760 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Like 2000-14B
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Non-Standard Cams S68 allow switch contacts to be opened for 54 or 306 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 1 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 58 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-2778 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
50 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 50 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
1 Standard Cam allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees
1 Special Cam S84 allows the switch contacts to be opened for 75 or 285 Degrees
Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 46 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-2779 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. Qty. 4, Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches (S.P.D.T.) 20 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Stainless Steel Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F. (6LBS) 10/5 |
| 2000-2786 |
Ametek Gemco Series 2000 Worm Gear Type Rotary Limit Switch. 4 Independently Adjustable Standard Cams / Circuits, UL Listed snap action S.P.D.T Switches, NEMA 1 & 12 Fibralloy Enclosure, 100 to 1 Ratio. 1/2 Inch input shaft with woodruff key. Maximum RPM 1000. Maximum operating temperature 180 degree F. |
| 2000-2791 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Rotary Limit Switch. NEMA 4 Enclosure, 40 to 1 Gear Ratio, 4 Circuit / Cams with Special 54 Degree Cams, S.P.D.T Switches. (S0006800) |
| 2000-279B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch, Worm Gear Type, 4000 to 1 Ratio, 2 Cam, S.P.D.T. Single Pole Double Throw Switches, NEMA 12 Enclosure, Maximum Speed 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW., 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft, includes # 404 Woodruff Keyway, 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance (3LBS) |
| 2000-28B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
250 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 250 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch, 6
Maximum switch setting @ 230 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-291B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Worm Gear Type, Two Independent Circuits / Switches / Cams. 2000 to 1 Gear Ratio. UL Listed S.P.D.T. Precision Snap Action Switches. NEMA 7 & 9 Rated Die Cast Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous Locations, designed to meet the NEC Code for Class 1, Group D, and Class 2, Groups E, F & G Locations. Maximum Speed 1000 RPM (6LBS) |
| 2000-292B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
2000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 2000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Enclosure
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-2958 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. NEMA 7 Enclosure with a 1 k Ohm Pot. |
| 2000-299B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
2000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 2000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(6LBS) |
| 2000-29B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
500 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 500 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 15 & 1/4
Maximum switch setting @ 460 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-2B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
20 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 20 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals 04537001
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 12 Rated Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/8
Maximum switch setting @ 18 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
| 2000-300B |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
300 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 300 turns of the main shaft
3 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
Standard Cams allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees. Other cam dwells are available
NEMA 4 Rated Cast Aluminum Enclosure, Watertight
Turns required to reset switch 6 & 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 265 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(5LBS) |
| 2000-3036 |
Ametek Gemco 2000-3036 is a NEMA 1, 2 circuit, 100:1 ratio with 75 degree cams. So the 3036 may mean something else cause its not NEMA 7.
|
| 2000-3047 |
Ametek Gemco Geared Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000. NEMA 1 Enclosure. 3 Independent Circuits/ Cams / Switches. Single Pole Double Throw Snap Switches. 20 to 1 Gear Ratio. Special 90 Degree Cams & a Tall Cover 10/7 |
| 2000-3058 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Series 2000 Worm Gear Type. 2 Independent Cams / Circuits / Switches with Single Pole Double Throw Snap Action Switches, 60 to 1 Gear Ratio. Cast Aluminum NEMA Type 4 Watertight Enclosure. Up to 1000 RPM no minimum. Clock Wise or CCW Rotation. 1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft with a # 404 Woodruff Key & Keyway. 1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Electrical Entrance. Maximum operating temperature 180 degrees F Special engineered part number. With Stainless Steel Input Shaft PM0039100 (6LBS) |
| 2000-3059 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
60 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 60 turns of the main shaft
4 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. 4 Screw Terminals
2 Standard Cams S005500 in switch positions 1 and 4 allow switch contacts to be opened for 25 or 335 Degrees
2 Special Cams S0006800 in switch positions 2 and 3 allow switch contacts to be opened for 54 or 306 Degrees
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 1/2
Maximum switch setting @ 76 & 3/4 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(4LBS) |
| 2000-3063 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch. Spur Gear Type, Four Independent Circuits / Cam / Switches, UL Listed Snap Action Switches with S.P.D.T. Contacts, Die Cast NEMA 4 Enclosure, 1/2 to 1 input shaft revolution to 1 cam block revolution. For basic switch data see table 2 symbol C
Special with Qty. 2, S71 Cams in Circuits 2 & 3 |
| 2000-3070 |
Ametek Gemco Rotary Limit Switch
Series 2000 Worm Gear Type with Bronze Gears & Steel Cams
1000 to 1 Ratio Gear Ratio, the cam block rotates once every 1000 turns of the main shaft
2 Independently Adjustable Switches/ Circuits / Cams
Single Pole Double Throw U.L. Listed Precision Snap Action Switches which can be wired for normally open or closed circuits. Form ''C'' 3 Screw Terminals. The common is shared by both contacts
2 Custom Engineered Cams with 130 Degrees of Dwell
NEMA 1 & 12 Enclosure
Turns required to reset switch 29
Maximum switch setting @ 920 turns
Up to 1000 RPM Clock Wise or CCW
1/2 Inch Diameter Input Shaft Extends 1 & 1/2 Inch from the Enclosure, Includes a Woodruff Keyway & # 404 Key
Maximum Operating Temperature 180 Degrees F
1/2 -14 American Standard Pipe Thread Entrance
(3LBS) |
|
